AltaBlue™ Touch Series

Adhesive Melters
Customer Product Manual
Part 1120350_05
Issued 04/18

This document contains important safety information.

Be sure to read and follow all safety information in this
document and any other related documentation.

NORDSON CORPORATION  DULUTH, GEORGIA  USA

www.nordson.com
 For CE Declaration, refer to equipment documentation.

Nordson Corporation welcomes requests for information, comments, and inquiries about its products. General information
about Nordson can be found on the Internet using the following address: http://www.nordson.com.

Address all correspondence to:

Nordson Corporation
Attn: Customer Service
11475 Lakefield Drive
Duluth, GA 30097

Notice

This is a Nordson Corporation publication which is protected by copyright. Original copyright date 2017.
Nopartofthisdocument may be photocopied, reproduced, or translated to another language without the prior written
consent of NordsonCorporation. Theinformationcontained in this publication is subject to change without notice.

Trademarks

Allegro, Apogee, Artiste, Asymtek, Automove, Avex, BaitGun, BKG, Blue Box, BM-32, BM-58, BM-63, Bowtie, Build‐A‐Part, CF, Century,
CleanSleeve, CleanSpray, Color‐on‐Demand, ColorMax, Conexis, Connections to Life, Contour, ControlCoat, Coolwave, Cross‐Cut,
CrystallCut, cScan+, Dage, Dima, DispenseJet, DispenseMate, DuraBlue, DuraDrum, DuraPail, e.dot, e-stylized, Easymelt, Ecodry,
Econo‐Coat, EDI, EFD, Eliminator, Emerald, Encore, Equatherm, Excel 2000, Fibrijet, Fluidmove, FoamMelt, FoalMelt - stylized,
FoamMix, Freedom, Fulfill, HDLV, Heli‐flow, Horizon, iControl, iDry, iFlow, IntelliJet, Isocore, Iso‐Flo, iTrax, KISS, LeanCell, LogiComm,
March, Maverick, Measuring the Invisible, MEG, Meltex, MicroCoat, MicroMark, Micromedics, Micro‐Meter, Microshot, Millennium,
MiniBlue, Mini Squirt, NexJet, No-Drip, Nordson, Nordson - stylized, Nordson and Arc, OptiMix, Optima, Optimum, Package of Values,
Paragon, PermaFlo, PICO, PicoDot, Plasmod, Poly-Check, Polymer Solution Casting, PorousCoat, PowderGrid, Precisecoat, PrintPlus,
ProBlue, ProBlue Liberty, Prodigy, Pro‐Flo, Program‐A‐Bead, Program‐A‐Shot, Program‐A‐Stream, Program‐A‐Swirl, Pro‐Meter, Pulsar,
Quantum, RBX, RediSet, Rhino, Saturn, Saturn with Rings, Scoreguard, Sealant Equipment & Engineering, Inc., SEE and design,
See‐Flo, SelectCharge, SelectCoat, Select Cure, Servo‐Flo, Shot‐A‐Matic, Signature - stylized, Slautterback, Smart‐Coat, Smart-Gun,
SolderPlus, Spectrum, Speed‐Coat, StediFlo, Stratablend, SureBead, Sure Coat, SureWrap, TAH, Tip-Seal, TRAK, Tribomatic, Trilogy,
TrueBlue, TrueCoat, Turbo, Ultra, u‐TAH, Value Plastics, Vantage, VersaBlue, Versa‐Coat, VersaDrum, VersaPail, Versa‐Spray,
VP Quick-Fit, VP Quick-Fit stylized, VP stylized, When you expect more., X-Plane, Xaloy, Xaloy - stylized, YesTech, and 2 Rings (design)
are registered trademarks of Nordson Corporation.

Accubar, Active Nozzle, Advanced Plasma Systems, AeroDeck, AeroWash, AltaBlue, AltaSlot, Alta Spray, ATS, Auto‐Flo, AutoScan,
Axiom, Best Choice, Better Dispensing, Blue Series, Bravura, CanPro, Champion, Check Mate, Classic IX, ClassicBlue, CleanCoat,
Cobalt, Concert, ContourCoat, Control Weave, Controlled Fiberization, CPX, cSelect, Cyclo‐Kinetic, DispensLink, Dry Cure, DuraBraid,
DuraCoat, DuraPUR, e.dot+, E‐Nordson, Easy Clean, EasyOn, EasyPW, Eclipse, EcoBead, EdgeControl, Equalizer, EquiBead,
FillEasy, FillSentry, FlexSeam, Flow Coat, FluxPlus, G‐Net, G‐Site, Genius, Get Green With Blue, Inspire, iON, Iso‐Flex, iTrend,
Lacquer Cure, Maxima, Mesa, MicroFin, MicroMax, Mikros, MiniEdge, Minimeter, MiniPUR, Multifill, MultiScan, Myritex, Nano,
OmniScan, OptiStroke, Optix, Partnership+Plus, PatternJet, PCI, PharmaLok, Pinnacle, PowderPilot, Powder Port, Powercure, Process
Sentry, Pulse Spray, PURBlue, PUReOne, PURJet, Ready Coat, RediCoat, RollVIA, Royal Blue, SelectSeries, Sensomatic, Shaftshield,
SheetAire, Smart, Smartfil, SolidBlue, Spectral, SpeedKing, Spray Works, StediTherm, StrokeControl, Summit, SureFoam, SureMix,
SureSeal, SwirlCoat, TradePlus, ThruWave, Trio, TruFlow, Ultrasaver, Ultrasmart, Unity, UNITYMotion, Universal, Ultra FoamMix,
UltraMax, ValueMate, Versa, VersaPUR, Vista, Web Cure, 781Mini, and 787Mini aretrademarks of NordsonCorporation.

Designations and trademarks stated in this document may be brands that, when used by third parties for their own purposes,
could lead to violation of the owners' rights.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

All rights reserved
 Table of Contents i

Table of Contents
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Safety Alert Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐1
Responsibilities of the Equipment Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
Instructions, Requirements, and Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐2
User Qualifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Applicable Industry Safety Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Intended Use of the Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐3
Instructions and Safety Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐4
Installation Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐4
Operating Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐4
Maintenance and Repair Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
Equipment Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐5
Equipment Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
Relieving System Hydraulic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
De‐energizing the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
Disabling the Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐6
General Safety Warnings and Cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐7
Other Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐10
First Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐10
Safety Labels and Tags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1‐11

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Intended Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐1
Examples of Unintended Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2
Residual Risks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐2
Key Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐3
Electrical Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐4
Pump Shut-Off Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Pressure Control Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐5
Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6
Heating and Heaters Off (Normal Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6
Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6
Gear‐to‐Line Capability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐6
Melter Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2‐7

Hardware Installation and Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Additional Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐1
Installation Tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Experience of Installation Personnel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Installation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Clearances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐2
Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐6
Electrical Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐6
Pump Drive Internal Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7
Other Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐7

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

ii Table of Contents

Unpacking the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8

Moving the Unpacked Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Contents of the Installation Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Customer‐Supplied Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐8
Configuring the Electrical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐9
Residual Current Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐9
Connecting the Electrical Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐9
Connecting Hoses and Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐11
Setting Up Inputs/Outputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐18
Setting Up Gear‐to‐Line Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐21
Connecting and Programming the Pump for Remote Control . . . . . . 3‐22
Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22
Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐22
Installing Optional Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐24
Connecting an Applicator Driver, Pattern Controller, or Timer . . . . . 3‐24
Flushing the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐24
Disposing of Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3‐24

About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐1
Starting the Melter for the First Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐2
Navigating the Touch Screen Displays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐3
About the Operator Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐3
Monitoring the Status of the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐5
About the Master Controls Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4‐8

Basic Operation and Melter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐1
Operating the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Starting the Melter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Filling the Reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐2
Controlling the Heaters, Standby and Scheduler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐3
Controlling the Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐5
Understanding Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐6
Configuring Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐9
Enabling and Disabling Zones . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐10
Modifying Zone Set Point Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐11
Modifying Zone Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐12
Modifying External Zone PID Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐13
Understanding Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐14
Configuring Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐17
Enabling and Disabling Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐18
Changing Pump Operation Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐19
Adjusting Pump Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐22
Modifying Pump Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5‐22

Advanced Melter Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐1
Advanced Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐3
Accessing Temperature Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐3
Defining a Global Set Point Temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐4
Defining Temperature Limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐6
Defining Ready Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐7
Defining Standby Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐8
Automatic Standby . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐9
Auto Exit Standby Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐11

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Table of Contents iii

Advanced Pump Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐12

Accessing Pump Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐12
Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐13
Defining Pump Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐14
Calibrating Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐15
Advanced Input/Output Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐16
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐18
Accessing System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐18
Defining Formats and Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐19
Defining the Date and Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐20
Defining Service Intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐21
Defining Language Preference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐23
Defining Display Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐24
Configuring Password Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐26
Configuring Scheduled Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐28
Administrative Options and Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐33
Accessing Administration Settings and Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐33
Upgrading Software and Firmware . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐34
Reverting back to a Previous Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐36
Managing Recipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐37
Accessing the Recipes Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐37
What's Being Saved in a Recipe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐39
Viewing the Event Log - Save Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐40
Resetting to System Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐42
Resetting Password Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐43
Viewing Software Version and Heater On Hours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐44
Locking Out Communications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐45
Changing RTD Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐46
Default User Settings and Ranges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6‐47

Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Relieving System Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Through the Applicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐1
Through the Melter Drain Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐2
Preventive Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐3
Locking Out the Motor Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
External Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐4
Changing the Material Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Detaching the Exterior Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Fan and Air Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐5
Motor and Gear Box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐6
Changing the Motor Lubricant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐6
Replacing a Motor or Coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐7
Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
Tightening the Pump Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐9
Tightening the Pump Gland Bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐10
Replacing a Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐11
Filter Cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐15
Filter Service Kit (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐16
Filter Service Kit (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐17
Pressure Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐18
Pressure/Circulation Control Valve Service Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐19
Cleaning the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
Draining Material from the Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
Cleaning the Tank by Hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20
Tightening the Fixing Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐20

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

iv Table of Contents

Main PCA Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐22

Maintenance Record Form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7‐25

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐1
Touch Screen Alerts and Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐2
About Touch Screen Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐2
Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐2
System Alerts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐3
System Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐4
Motor Drive Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐5
Troubleshooting Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐10
Melter Not Functioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐10
One Channel (Heating Zone) Does Not Heat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐10
Troubleshooting Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐11
No Material (Pump Does not Rotate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐11
No Material (Motor Rotating) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
Too Little Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐12
Material Pressure Too High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13
Material Pressure Too Low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐13
Material Residue in Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14
Material Hardens in Tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14
Others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8‐14

Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Using the Illustrated Parts List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐1
AltaBlue Touch Configuration Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐2
Frame Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐6
One/Two‐Pump Melter Frame Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐6
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Frame Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐8
Reservoir/Manifold Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐10
One/Two‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐10
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐12
100L Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐14
Manifold Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐16
Hopper Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐20
One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐20
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐24
100L Melter Hopper Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐28
Pump Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐30
Pump Module Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐30
Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐32
Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐33
Single‐Stream Gear Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐34
Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐37
Safety Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐38

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Table of Contents v

Control Valve Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐39

Control Valve Module Parts (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐39
Control Valve Module Parts (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐40
Filter Cartridge Parts (Until Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐42
Filter Cartridge Parts (After Week 17/2012) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐42
Pressure Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐43
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐44
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Interface Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐46
2D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐48
4D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐49
Four‐Path Left Manual PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐50
Four‐Path Right Manual PCV Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐51
2D Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐52
4D Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐53
Three‐Path Right Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐54
Three‐Path Left Flow Control Bypass Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐56
Pressure Build Control Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐58
Circulation Control Valve Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐60
Flow Control Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐61
Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐62
Manual Pneumatic Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐64
Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐65
Electrical Enclosure Panel Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐66
400V Melter Left Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐66
One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts (15, 30L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐68
One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts (50L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐70
One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Back Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐72
One/Two-pump Melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts (15L, 30L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐74
One/Two­pump Melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V)
Back Panel Parts (50L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐76
Three/Four­pump 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter
Back Panel Parts (30,50L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐78
Three/Four‐Pump Eight Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter
Back Panel Parts (30,50L) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐80
Two Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . 9‐82
Four Hose/Applicator(400V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . 9‐84
Six Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . 9‐86
Eight Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . 9‐88
Two Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . 9‐90
Four Hose/Applicator(240V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . 9‐94
Six Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . 9‐98
Eight Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts . . . . . . . . 9‐102
One/Two‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐104
Three/Four‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐105
Control Panel Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐106
Sensor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐108
Low Level Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐110
Optional Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Pressure Indication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐111
Line‐Speed Signal Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐112
Optional Fittings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐112
Recommended Spare Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9‐113

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

vi Table of Contents

Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

General Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Temperatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐1
Electrical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐2
Mechanical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐4
One/Two and Three/Four Pump Melters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐4
Electrical Schematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐5
Hydraulic Schematic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10‐6

Calculating Melter Power Requirements

(Including Heater Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-1

Section 1
Safety
Read this section before using the equipment. This section contains
recommendations and practices applicable to the safe installation, operation,
and maintenance (hereafter referred to as “use”) of the product described in
this document (hereafter referred to as “equipment”). Additional safety
information, in the form of task‐specific safety alert messages, appears as
appropriate throughout this document.

WARNING! Failure to follow the safety messages, recommendations, and

hazard avoidance procedures provided in this document can result in
personal injury, including death, or damage to equipment or property.

Safety Alert Symbols

The following safety alert symbol and signal words are used throughout this
document to alert the reader to personal safety hazards or to identify
conditions that may result in damage to equipment or property. Comply with
all safety information that follows the signal word.

WARNING! Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

can result in serious personal injury, including death.

CAUTION! Indicates a potentially hazardous situation that, if not avoided,

can result in minor or moderate personal injury.

CAUTION! (Used without the safety alert symbol) Indicates a potentially

hazardous situation that, if not avoided, can result in damage to equipment or
property.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-2 Safety

Responsibilities of the Equipment Owner

Equipment owners are responsible for managing safety information, ensuring
that all instructions and regulatory requirements for use of the equipment are
met, and for qualifying all potential users.

Safety Information
S Research and evaluate safety information from all applicable sources,
including the owner‐specific safety policy, best industry practices,
governing regulations, material manufacturer's product information, and
this document.
S Make safety information available to equipment users in accordance with
governing regulations. Contact the authority having jurisdiction for
information.
S Maintain safety information, including the safety labels affixed to the
equipment, in readable condition.

Instructions, Requirements, and Standards

S Ensure that the equipment is used in accordance with the information
provided in this document, governing codes and regulations, and best
industry practices.
S If applicable, receive approval from your facility's engineering or safety
department, or other similar function within your organization, before
installing or operating the equipment for the first time.
S Provide appropriate emergency and first aid equipment.
S Conduct safety inspections to ensure required practices are being
followed.
S Re‐evaluate safety practices and procedures whenever changes are
made to the process or equipment.

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-3

User Qualifications
Equipment owners are responsible for ensuring that users:

S receive safety training appropriate to their job function as directed by

governing regulations and best industry practices
S are familiar with the equipment owner's safety and accident
prevention policies and procedures
S receive equipment‐ and task‐specific training from another qualified
individual
NOTE: Nordson can provide equipment‐specific installation,
operation, and maintenance training. Contact your Nordson
representative for information

S possess industry‐ and trade‐specific skills and a level of experience

appropriate to their job function
S are physically capable of performing their job function and are not
under the influence of any substance that degrades their mental
capacity or physical capabilities

Applicable Industry Safety Practices

The following safety practices apply to the use of the equipment in the
manner described in this document. The information provided here is not
meant to include all possible safety practices, but represents the best safety
practices for equipment of similar hazard potential used in similar industries.

Intended Use of the Equipment

S Use the equipment only for the purposes described and within the limits
specified in this document.
S Do not modify the equipment.
S Do not use incompatible materials or unapproved auxiliary devices.
Contact your Nordson representative if you have any questions on
material compatibility or the use of non‐standard auxiliary devices.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-4 Safety

Instructions and Safety Messages

S Read and follow the instructions provided in this document and other
referenced documents.
S Familiarize yourself with the location and meaning of the safety warning
labels and tags affixed to the equipment. Refer to Safety Labels and Tags
at the end of this section.
S If you are unsure of how to use the equipment, contact your Nordson
representative for assistance.

Installation Practices
S Install the equipment in accordance with the instructions provided in this
document and in the documentation provided with auxiliary devices.
S Ensure that the equipment is rated for the environment in which it will be
used. This equipment has not been certified for compliance with the
ATEX directive nor as nonincendive and should not be installed in
potentially explosive environments.
S Ensure that the processing characteristics of the material will not create a
hazardous environment. Refer to the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for the
material.
S If the required installation configuration does not match the installation
instructions, contact your Nordson representative for assistance.
S Position the equipment for safe operation. Observe the requirements for
clearance between the equipment and other objects.
S Install lockable power disconnects to isolate the equipment and all
independently powered auxiliary devices from their power sources.
S Properly ground all equipment. Contact your local building code
enforcement agency for specific requirements.
S Ensure that fuses of the correct type and rating are installed in fused
equipment.
S Contact the authority having jurisdiction to determine the requirement for
installation permits or inspections.

Operating Practices
S Familiarize yourself with the location and operation of all safety devices
and indicators.
S Confirm that the equipment, including all safety devices (guards,
interlocks, etc.), is in good working order and that the required
environmental conditions exist.
S Use the personal protective equipment (PPE) specified for each task.
Refer to Equipment Safety Information or the material manufacturer's
instructions and SDS for PPE requirements.
S Do not use equipment that is malfunctioning or shows signs of a potential
malfunction.

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-5

Maintenance and Repair Practices

S Allow only personnel with appropriate training and experience to operate
or service the equipment.
S Perform scheduled maintenance activities at the intervals described in
this document.
S Relieve system hydraulic and pneumatic pressure before servicing the
equipment.
S De‐energize the equipment and all auxiliary devices before servicing the
equipment.
S Use only new Nordson‐authorized refurbished or replacement parts.
S Read and comply with the manufacturer's instructions and the SDS
supplied with equipment cleaning compounds.
NOTE: SDSs for cleaning compounds that are sold by Nordson are
available at www.nordson.com or by calling your Nordson representative.

S Confirm the correct operation of all safety devices before placing the
equipment back into operation.
S Dispose of waste cleaning compounds and residual process materials
according to governing regulations. Refer to the applicable SDS or
contact the authority having jurisdiction for information.
S Keep equipment safety warning labels clean. Replace worn or damaged
labels.

Equipment Safety Information

This equipment safety information is applicable to the following types of
Nordson equipment:

S hot melt and cold adhesive application equipment and all related
accessories
S pattern controllers, timers, detection and verification systems, and all
other optional process control devices

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-6 Safety

Equipment Shutdown
To safely complete many of the procedures described in this document, the
equipment must first be shut down. The level of shut down required varies by
the type of equipment in use and the procedure being completed.
If required, shut down instructions are specified at the start of the procedure.
The levels of shut down are:

Relieving System Hydraulic Pressure

Completely relieve system hydraulic pressure before breaking any hydraulic
connection or seal. Refer to the melter‐specific product manual for
instructions on relieving system hydraulic pressure.

De‐energizing the System

Isolate the system (melter, hoses, applicators, and optional devices) from all
power sources before accessing any unprotected high‐voltage wiring or
connection point.

1. Turn off the equipment and all auxiliary devices connected to the
equipment (system).
2. To prevent the equipment from being accidentally energized, lock and
tag the disconnect switch(es) or circuit breaker(s) that provide input
electrical power to the equipment and optional devices.
NOTE: Government regulations and industry standards dictate specific
requirements for the isolation of hazardous energy sources. Refer to the
appropriate regulation or standard.

Disabling the Applicators

NOTE: Adhesive dispensing applicators are referred to as “guns” in some
previous publications.

All electrical or mechanical devices that provide an activation signal to the

applicators, applicator solenoid valve(s), or the melter pump must be
disabled before work can be performed on or around an applicator that is
connected to a pressurized system.

1. Turn off or disconnect the applicator triggering device (pattern controller,

timer, PLC, etc.).
2. Disconnect the input signal wiring to the applicator solenoid valve(s).
3. Reduce the air pressure to the applicator solenoid valve(s) to zero; then
relieve the residual air pressure between the regulator and the applicator.

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-7

General Safety Warnings and Cautions

Table 1‐1 contains the general safety warnings and cautions that apply to
Nordson hot melt and cold adhesive equipment. Review the table and
carefully read all of the warnings or cautions that apply to the type of
equipment described in this manual.

Equipment types are designated in Table 1‐1 as follows:

HM = Hot melt (melters, hoses, applicators, etc.)

PC = Process control
CA = Cold adhesive (dispensing pumps, pressurized container, and
applicators)

Table 1‐1General Safety Warnings and Cautions

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

WARNING! Hazardous vapors! Before processing any polyurethane

reactive (PUR) hot melt or solvent‐based material through a compatible
HM Nordson melter, read and comply with the material's SDS. Ensure that
the material's processing temperature and flashpoints will not be
exceeded and that all requirements for safe handling, ventilation, first
aid, and personal protective equipment are met. Failure to comply with
SDS requirements can cause personal injury, including death.

WARNING! Reactive material! Never clean any aluminum component

or flush Nordson equipment with halogenated hydrocarbon fluids.
HM Nordson melters and applicators contain aluminum components that
may react violently with halogenated hydrocarbons. The use of
halogenated hydrocarbon compounds in Nordson equipment can
cause personal injury, including death.

WARNING! System pressurized! Relieve system hydraulic pressure

HM, CA before breaking any hydraulic connection or seal. Failure to relieve the
system hydraulic pressure can result in the uncontrolled release of hot
melt or cold adhesive, causing personal injury.

Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-8 Safety

Table 1‐1General Safety Warnings and Cautions (contd)

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

WARNING! Molten material! Wear eye or face protection, clothing that

HM protects exposed skin, and heat‐protective gloves when servicing
equipment that contains molten hot melt. Even when solidified, hot melt
can still cause burns. Failure to wear appropriate personal protective
equipment can result in personal injury.

WARNING! Equipment starts automatically! Remote triggering devices

are used to control automatic hot melt applicators. Before working on
HM, PC or near an operating applicator, disable the applicator's triggering
device and remove the air supply to the applicator's solenoid valve(s).
Failure to disable the applicator's triggering device and remove the
supply of air to the solenoid valve(s) can result in personal injury.

WARNING! Risk of electrocution! Even when switched off and

electrically isolated at the disconnect switch or circuit breaker, the
HM, CA, PC equipment may still be connected to energized auxiliary devices.
De‐energize and electrically isolate all auxiliary devices before
servicing the equipment. Failure to properly isolate electrical power to
auxiliary equipment before servicing the equipment can result in
personal injury, including death.

WARNING! Risk of fire or explosion! Nordson adhesive equipment is

not rated for use in explosive environments and has not been certified
for the ATEX directive or as nonincendive. In addition, this equipment
HM, CA, PC should not be used with solvent‐based adhesives that can create an
explosive atmosphere when processed. Refer to the SDS for the
adhesive to determine its processing characteristics and limitations.
The use of incompatible solvent‐based adhesives or the improper
processing of solvent‐based adhesives can result in personal injury,
including death.

WARNING! Allow only personnel with appropriate training and

HM, CA, PC experience to operate or service the equipment. The use of untrained
or inexperienced personnel to operate or service the equipment can
result in injury, including death, to themselves and others and can
damage to the equipment.

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-9

Equipment
Type Warning or Caution

CAUTION! Hot surfaces! Avoid contact with the hot metal surfaces of
HM applicators, hoses, and certain components of the melter. If contact
can not be avoided, wear heat‐protective gloves and clothing when
working around heated equipment. Failure to avoid contact with hot
metal surfaces can result in personal injury.

CAUTION! Some Nordson melters are specifically designed to

process polyurethane reactive (PUR) hot melt. Attempting to process
PUR in equipment not specifically designed for this purpose can
HM
damage the equipment and cause premature reaction of the hot melt. If
you are unsure of the equipment's ability to process PUR, contact your
Nordson representative for assistance.

CAUTION! Before using any cleaning or flushing compound on or in

the equipment, read and comply with the manufacturer's instructions
HM, CA and the SDS supplied with the compound. Some cleaning compounds
can react unpredictably with hot melt or cold adhesive, resulting in
damage to the equipment.

CAUTION! Nordson hot melt equipment is factory tested with Nordson

Type R fluid that contains polyester adipate plasticizer. Certain hot melt
HM materials can react with Type R fluid and form a solid gum that can
clog the equipment. Before using the equipment, confirm that the hot
melt is compatible with Type R fluid.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-10 Safety

Other Safety Precautions

S Do not use an open flame to heat hot melt system components.
S Check high pressure hoses daily for signs of excessive wear, damage, or
leaks.
S Never point a dispensing hand‐held applicator at yourself or others.
S Suspend dispensing hand‐held applicators by their proper suspension
point.

First Aid
If molten hot melt comes in contact with your skin:

1. Do NOT attempt to remove the molten hot melt from your skin.
2. Immediately soak the affected area in clean, cold water until the hot melt
has cooled.
3. Do NOT attempt to remove the solidified hot melt from your skin.
4. In case of severe burns, treat for shock.
5. Seek expert medical attention immediately. Give the SDS for the hot melt
to the medical personnel providing treatment.

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Safety 1-11

Safety Labels and Tags

Figure 1‐1 illustrates the location of the product safety labels and tags affixed
to the equipment. Table 1‐2 provides an illustration of the hazard
identification symbols that appear on each safety label and tag, the meaning
of the symbol, or the exact wording of any safety message.

Figure 1‐1 Safety labels and tags

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Issued 04-15

1-12 Safety

Safety Labels and Tags (contd)

Table 1‐2Safety Labels and Tags

Item Part Description
1. 1025795
WARNING! Hazardous voltage! Disconnect all power supply
connections before servicing.
2. 224906 WARNING: TAG,WARNING,ELEC SHOCK

3. 224905 WARNING: HOT

4. 1100254 CAUTION: HOT SURFACE

5. 1100256 WARNING: TAG,WARNING,HOT ADH/HYD PRESS

6. 1120127 WARNING: TAG,WARNING,HIGH LEAKAGE CURRENT

Issued 04−15 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-1

Section 2
Introduction

Intended Use
AltaBlue™ adhesive melters may be used only to melt and convey suitable
materials, e.g. thermoplastic hot melt adhesives.

Any other use is considered to be unintended. Nordson will not be liable for
personal injury or property damage resulting from unintended use.

Intended use includes the observance of Nordson safety instructions.

Nordson recommends obtaining detailed information on the materials to be
used.

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

In regard to electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), the melter is intended for
use in industrial applications.

When operated in residential or commercial areas, the melter may cause

interference in other electrical units, e.g. radios.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

2-2 Introduction

Examples of Unintended Use

The melter may not be used under the following conditions:

S In defective condition
S Without insulation blanket and protective panels
S With electrical cabinet door open
S With tank lid open
S In a potentially explosive atmosphere
S When the values stated under Technical Data are not complied with.
The melter may not be used to process the following materials:

S Polyurethane hot melt adhesive (PUR)

S Explosive and flammable materials
S Erosive and corrosive materials
S Food products.

Residual Risks
In the design of the unit, every measure was taken to protect personnel from
potential danger. However, some residual risks can not be avoided:

S Risk of burns from hot material.

S Risk of burns when filling the tank, from the tank lid, and from the tank lid
supports.
S Risk of burns when conducting maintenance and repair work for which
the melter must be heated up.
S Risk of burns when attaching and removing heated hoses.
S Material fumes can be hazardous. Avoid inhalation.
S Risk of damage to cables/lines belonging to the customer, if they were
installed such that they come into contact with hot or rotating parts.
S The safety valve may malfunction due to hardened or charred material.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-3

Key Components
Figure 2‐1 provides the name and the location of key melter components.

Figure 2-1 Key melter components

1 Touch Screen 5 Motors 9 Hose receptacles
2 Protective panel, removable 6 Filter cartridge 10 ID plate
3 Tank lid 7 Pressure control valve 11 Hopper
4 Main power switch 8 Manifold

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

2-4 Introduction

Electrical Components

Figure 2-2 Key electrical components

1 Main board 5 Pump controller 9 Main switch
2 Circuit breakers 6 Signal conditioner 10 Distribution block
3 RC suppressor 7 Expansion board 11 Contactor
4 Fan 8 Power module 12 Lockout switch
Note: The central processing unit is not shown in this illustration. Refer to Section 9, Parts.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-5

Pump Shut-Off Valve

The pump shut-off valve allows replacement of the pump without first
emptying the tank.

Figure 2-3 Location of the pump shut−off valve

Pressure Control Valves

The manual pressure control valves can be adjusted from 0-90 bar.

Figure 2-4 Location of the pressure control valves

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

2-6 Introduction

Modes of Operation
AltaBlue melters operate in the following modes.

Heating and Heaters Off (Normal Mode)

The melter operates with the heaters either on or off. The melter will trigger a
“ready” condition when the heaters reach their programmed temperature
zones (hopper and reservoir) and external zones (hoses, standard and large
applicators and air heaters) confirming all zones are within their pre‐defined
setpoint temperature range.

Standby
All internal and external zones are reduced, by the default 50°C (90°F) down
from their setpoint temperature.

Fault
The melter alerts the operator when an abnormal event occurs.

Gear‐to‐Line Capability
The melter is capable of delivering an adhesive output that is geared to the
production line speed. A line‐speed signal generator must be installed if you
want to use the gear‐to‐line capability.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Introduction 2-7

Melter Identification
You will need the model and part number of your melter when requesting
service or ordering spare parts and optional equipment. The model and part
number are indicated on the equipment identification plate that is located on
the front of the melter and a backup on the bottom of cabinet.

Figure 2-5 Location of the melter identification plate

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

2-8 Introduction

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-1

Section 3
Hardware Installation and Setup

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Overview
AltaBlue melters are factory‐configured for each order and require only the
assembly and set up tasks described in this section.

The melter is shipped from the factory with an installation kit that contains
components that must be assembled onto the melter by the customer. Some
additional materials must also be supplied by the customer to complete the
installation.

If optional equipment was ordered with the melter, refer to the documentation
provided with the optional equipment for installation and operating
instructions.

Additional Information
This section presents installation procedures in their most commonly used
form. Procedural variations or special considerations are explained in the
additional information table that follows most procedures. Where applicable,
some table entries also contain cross‐reference information. Additional
information tables are indicated by the symbol shown to the left.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-2 Hardware Installation and Setup

Installation Tasks
The installation sequence is as follows:

1. Verify that the required environmental conditions and utilities exist.

2. Unpack and inspect the melter.
3. Configuring the Electrical Service.
4. Connecting Hoses and Applicators.
5. Setting Up Inputs/Outputs.
6. Setting Up Gear-to-Line Operations.
7. Installing Optional Equipment.
8. Connect an applicator driver, pattern controller, or timer.
9. Flush the melter.

Experience of Installation Personnel

The instructions provided in this section are intended to be used by
personnel who have experience in the following subjects:

S Hot melt application processes

S Industrial power and control wiring
S Industrial mechanical installation practices
S Basic process control and instrumentation

Installation Requirements
Before installing the melter, ensure that the desired installation location
provides the required clearances, environmental conditions, and utilities.

Clearances
Figures 3‐1 through 3‐3 illustrate the minimum clearances that are required
between the melter and surrounding objects.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-3

Figure 3-1 One/two-pump melter minimum installation clearances

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-4 Hardware Installation and Setup

Clearances (contd)

Figure 3-2 Three/four-pump melter minimum installation clearances

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-5

Figure 3-3 100L melter minimum installation clearances

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-6 Hardware Installation and Setup

Ventilation
AltaBlue melters are cooled by forced air. Air is drawn in through by the
ventilation fan and is exhausted out of the ventilation slots at the top of the
melter.

CAUTION! Do not block the fan air intake openings or the exhaust ventilation
slots.

Figure 3-4 Location of the ventilation openings

Electrical Power
Before installing the melter, ensure that the melter will not be overloaded and
that the plant's electrical service is rated to handle the power required by the
melter and the hoses and applicators that you plan to use.

Refer to Appendix A, Calculating Melter Power Requirements, for information

about how to calculate the maximum allowable hose lengths and applicator
wattages that can be used in your manufacturing application.

WARNING! Risk of electrocution! Install a lockable power disconnect switch

between the electrical service and the melter. Failure to install or properly
use the disconnect switch when servicing the melter can result in personal
injury, including death.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-7

Pump Drive Internal Filter

The AltaBlue melter is manufactured and shipped from the factory in
compliance with CE regulations. If the pump drive internal filter, located
inside each pump drive, is turned off, the melter will no longer be
CE‐compliant.

Figure 3-5 Location of the pump drive internal filter inside a pump drive

Other Considerations
Consider the following additional factors when evaluating where to install the
melter.

S The maximum distance between the melter and each applicator is

dictated by the power requirement of each hose. Refer to Appendix A,
Calculating Melter Power Requirements, for information about how to
determine the maximum allowable length.
S The operator must be able to accurately monitor and safely reach the
touch screen display.
S The operator must be able to safely observe the level of hot melt inside
the hopper/reservoir.
S The melter must be installed away from areas with strong drafts or where
sudden temperature changes occur.
S The melter must be installed where it will be in conformance with the
ventilation requirements specified in the Material Safety Data Sheet for
the hot melt being used.
S The melter should not be exposed to excessive vibration.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-8 Hardware Installation and Setup

Unpacking the Melter

Before starting the installation, remove the melter from the pallet, locate the
installation kit, and inspect the melter for damaged and missing parts. Report
any problems to your Nordson representative.

Moving the Unpacked Melter

When moving the melter, always support the melter by placing any lifting
device under the chassis.

Contents of the Installation Kit

The installation kit provided with the melter contains the components shown
in Figure 3‐6.

The installation kit also contains a package of safety label overlays that are
printed in variety of languages. If required by local regulations, the
appropriate language overlay should be applied over the English version of
the same label. Refer to Safety Labels and Tags in Section 1, Safety, for the
location of each safety label.

Customer‐Supplied Materials
The following additional materials are also required to install the melter.

S A power cable. Rigid or flexible electrical conduit will be required.

S (Optional) Gear‐to‐line input signal wiring
S (Optional) Input/output signal wiring

2 P/N 7400333

Figure 3-6 Installation kit components

1. Fuses 2. Straight hose connector (4)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-9

Configuring the Electrical Service

AltaBlue melters are shipped from the factory without an attached power
cable. To configure the melter to function in your facility, you must connect a
properly rated power cable.

The maximum power draw of the melter for any supported service code
is 86 A.

Residual Current Circuit Breakers

Local regulations in some geographic areas or industrial branches may
require residual current circuit breakers.

Then observe the following points:

S Permanent installation is required (fixed line voltage connection)

S The residual current circuit breaker is to be installed only between the
power supply and the melter.
S Only residual current circuit breakers sensitive to pulsating current or
universal current (> 30 mA) may be used.

Connecting the Electrical Service

NOTE: The melter must be installed securely (permanent power supply
connection).

WARNING! Operate only at the operating voltage shown on the ID plate.

NOTE: Permitted deviation from the rated line voltage is 10%.

NOTE: The power cable cross‐section must comply with the maximum
power consumption (refer to Section 10, Technical Data).

WARNING! Ensure that cables do not touch rotating and/or hot melter
components. Do not pinch cables and check regularly for damage. Replace
damaged cables immediately!

1. See Figure 3‐7. Route the power cable into the electrical cabinet through
the strain relief on the side of the base.
NOTE: Do not route any input/output wiring through this strain relief.

2. Connect the power cable to the service terminal block as indicated in

table Table 3‐1 and illustrated in Figure 3‐7.
3. Connect the service ground lead to the ground terminal located on the
DIN rail at XL0:PE.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-10 Hardware Installation and Setup

Connecting the Electrical Service (contd)

Table 3-1 Electrical Service Wiring

Terminals
Line voltage
1 2 3 N PE
230 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D
400 VAC 3-phase with neutral (star−WYE) D D D D D
400 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D
480 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta) D D D D

Figure 3-7 Location of service wiring strain relief and terminal block

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-11

Connecting Hoses and Applicators

WARNING! Risk of fire or equipment damage. Before connecting hoses and
applicators to the melter, confirm that the power required by each
hose/applicator pair and each hose/applicator module, does not exceed the
maximum wattages specified in Appendix A, Table A‐1, Maximum Allowable
Wattages.

To connect hoses
See Figures 3‐9 through 3‐12 to properly connect the hose hydraulic fittings
based on the manifold configuration. If hoses are not connected properly, the
melter will not operate correctly.

If applicable, connect a return hose (see Figure 3‐8). To do this, remove the
O‐ring fitting from the return hose port and install the hose connector fitting
from the ship‐with kit. The return hose port is located on the rear of the melter
at the top of the hopper.

See Figure 3‐13 to connect hose cordsets.

Observe the following guidelines:

S For information about choosing the correct Nordson hot melt hose for
your manufacturing process, refer to the latest edition of Nordson's hot
melt dispensing equipment Replacement Parts Catalog or contact your
Nordson representative.
S Refer to the user's guide provided with each Nordson hose. The guide
contains important information about routing and installing the hose.
S Save all of the port plugs removed from the manifold. A port plug will
need to be reinstalled into the manifold if a hose is later removed.

Figure 3-8 Location of the optional return hose fitting

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-12 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect hoses (contd)

Pump 1: Output port 5

Pump 1: Output port 4

Pump 1: Output port 3 Pump 1: Output port 7

Pump 1: Output port 6

Pump 1: Output port 2 Pump 1: Output port 1

Figure 3-9 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with one single-stream (1 SS) pump

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-13

Pump 2: Output port 3

Pump 2: Output port 2

Pump 2: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 3

Pump 1: Output port 2

Pump 1: Output port 1

Figure 3-10 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with two single-stream (2 SS) pumps

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-14 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect hoses (contd)

Pump 2: Stream 2, Output port 1 Pump 1: Stream 1, Output port 1

Pump 2: Stream 2, Output port 2 Pump 1: Stream 1, Output port 2

Pump 2: Stream 1, Output port 1 Pump 1: Stream 2, Output port 1

Pump 2: Stream 1, Output port 2 Pump 1: Stream 2, Output port 2

Figure 3-11 Connecting hoses—one/two-pump melter manifold with two dual-stream (2 DS) pumps

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-15

Pump 2: Output port 3

Pump 2: Output port 2

Pump 2: Output port 1

Pump 3: Output port 7

Pump 3: Output port 6
Pump 3: Output port 5
Pump 3: Output port 4
Pump 3: Output port 2
Pump 3: Output port 3

Pump 3: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 2

Pump 1: Output port 1 Pump 1: Output port 3

Figure 3-12 Connecting hoses—three/four-pump melter manifolds
Note: Do not connect hoses to the top four manifold ports on any single‐stream pump configuration.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-16 Hardware Installation and Setup

To connect hoses (contd)

Figure 3-13 Connecting a hose cordset

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-17

To connect applicators
Observe the following guidelines:

S AltaBlue melters with 120‐ohm nickel sensors support all Nordson T‐style
applicators. AltaBlue melters with 100‐ohm platinum sensors support all
Nordson M‐style applicators.
S For information about choosing the most appropriate Nordson hot melt
applicator for your manufacturing process, refer to the latest edition of
Nordson's hot melt dispensing equipment Replacement Parts Catalog or
contact your Nordson representative. Refer to Appendix A, Calculating
Melter Power Requirements, for information about how to calculate the
power required by Nordson hot melt applicators.
S Refer to the user's guide that is shipped with each applicator for
information about installing the applicator and connecting a hose to the
applicator.

NOTE: AltaBlue melters are shipped with a 0.2 mm hot melt filter installed in
the manifold. Order the appropriate applicator nozzle based on this filter
mesh size.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-18 Hardware Installation and Setup

Setting Up Inputs/Outputs
AltaBlue melters are equipped with four standard inputs. Each input is
customer‐wired to the melter and then set up to provide one of the following
control options:

S Place the melter into the standby mode

S Turn the heaters on and off
S Enable or disable a specific hose/applicator pair
S Enable the motor
The input contacts use a constant 10 to 30 VDC signal voltage. The inputs
are not polarity sensitive.

WARNING! The operator can override the melter inputs by using the touch
screen buttons. Ensure that the control logic for any external device that
sends an input signal to the melter is programmed to prevent the creation of
an unsafe condition in the event that the operator overrides an external input
to the melter.

The melter is also equipped with three user‐configurable outputs. Outputs

are used to communicate with user‐supplied production equipment or control
hardware, such as a programmable logic controller.

Each output is customer‐wired and then set up in the melter's firmware to

provide one of the following outputs:

S The melter is ready

S The melter is ready and the motor is enabled
S A fault has occurred
S The hot melt level is low (only if the optional level switch is installed)
All outputs contacts are rated at 240 VAC 2 A or 30 VDC 2 A. All contacts are
normally open when the melter is turned off.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-19

To wire inputs/outputs to the melter

See Figure 3‐14.

1. A female quick connector (32 positions + PE) is located on the melter

right panel. Route a signal cable from the control equipment to the melter
through a male quick connector (32 positions + PE). The male quick
connector has a PG-21 strain relief to fasten the signal cable. I/O
connector designation: -17X21 Function: transmits the digital
input/output signals and key-to-line signal between the parent machine
and the Nordson melter.

NOTE: Use a signal cable suitable for NEC class1 remote control and
signaling circuits. To reduce the possibility of electrical shorting, route the
cable so that it does not touch nearby circuit boards.

2. Connect each pair of input and output wires to the appropriate terminals
on I/O connector. Refer to table below for the terminal numbers that
correspond to each input.

Figure 3-14 Location of the quick connector (-17X21) for connecting input/output wiring

To set up inputs/outputs
Set up the parameter control option for each input and output that you
connected to the melter. Table 3‐2 lists the available control options.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-20 Hardware Installation and Setup

To set up inputs/outputs (contd)

Table 3-2 Input/Output Data

Item Description Control Terminals Notes
Options
1 Standard Notes -17X21:8,-17X21:9 Input activated with 10 - 30 VDC. The input is not
input 1 A and B +24V polarity sensitive.
2 Standard Note A -17X21:10,-17X21:11 Input activated with 10 - 30 VDC. The input is not
input 2 polarity sensitive.
3 Standard Note A -17X21:12,-17X21:13 Input activated with 10 - 30 VDC. The input is not
input 3 polarity sensitive.
4 Standard Note A -17X21:7,-17X21:14 Input activated with 10 - 30 VDC. The input is not
input 4 polarity sensitive.
5 Standard Note C -17X21:1,-17X21:2 The output is a electromechanical relay contact
output 1 rated for 2 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
6 Standard Note C -17X21:3,-17X21:4 The output is a electromechanical relay contact
output 2 rated for 2 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
7 Standard Note C -17X21:5,-17X21:6 The output is a electromechanical relay contact
output 3 rated for 2 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
8 Gear-to-line -17X21:15,-17X21:16 Refer to Setting Up Gear-to-line Operation.
0-10V input Connect the positive wire to -17X21:15. Connect
the negative wire to -17X21:16. Note that the
negative input is connected to chassis (PE).
9 Pump 1 -17X21:17,-17X21:18 Input activated with 18 - 30 VDC. The input is not
remote +24V polarity sensitive. Activating the input will turn on
on/off the motor when the remote control feature is
enabled from the user interface.
10 Pump 2 -17X21:19,-17X21:20 Input activated with 18 - 30 VDC. The input is not
remote +24V polarity sensitive. Activating the input will turn on
on/off the motor when the remote control feature is
enabled from the user interface.
11 Pump 3 -17X21:21,-17X21:22 Input activated with 18 - 30 VDC. The input is not
remote +24V polarity sensitive. Activating the input will turn on
on/off the motor when the remote control feature is
enabled from the user interface.
12 Pump 4 -17X21:23,-17X21:24 Input activated with 18 - 30 VDC. The input is not
remote +24V polarity sensitive. Activating the input will turn on
on/off the motor when the remote control feature is
enabled from the user interface.
13 Pump drive -17X21:25,-17X21:26 Electromechanical relay contact that indicates
1 running motor is running when closed. Contact rated for
1.5 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
14 Pump drive -17X21:27,-17X21:28 Electromechanical relay contact that indicates
2 running motor is running when closed. Contact rated for
1.5 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
15 Pump drive -17X21:29,-17X21:30 Electromechanical relay contact that indicates
3 running motor is running when closed. Contact rated for
1.5 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.
16 Pump drive -17X21:31,-17X21:32 Electromechanical relay contact that indicates
4 running motor is running when closed. Contact rated for
1.5 Amps at 240 VAC or 30 VDC.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-21

Item Description Control Terminals Notes

Options
NOTE A: Input Options: Disabled, Standby, Heater Control, Pump Control and External Zone 1-8. Automatic
Standby is only available for input #1.
B: Automatic Standby is only available for input #1.
C: Output Options: Disabled, Ready, Ready-Pump On, Fault, Tank Low, Alert and Service Reminder.

Setting Up Gear-to-Line Operation

If you want to use the gear-to-line capability, install a (customer-supplied)
line-speed signal generator to measure the speed of the production line. The
AltaBlue motor control accepts a 0−10 VDC analog input signal.

NOTE: Nordson offers a 0-10 VDC line‐speed signal generator. Refer to

Optional Accessories in Section9, Parts, for the part number.

To use the gear-to-line capability, connect a 0−10 VDC signal from a

customer-supplied line-speed signal generator to the appropriate terminals
on terminal block -17X21 on the electrical enclosure right panel. See Figure
3‐14 for the location of terminal block -17X21. Refer to Table 3‐2 for the
terminal numbers that correspond to each input/output.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-22 Hardware Installation and Setup

Connecting and Programming the Pump for

Remote Control
Complete the Wiring and Programming instructions below to remotely
monitor and run the pumps.

Wiring
To use the motor run status monitoring capability, connect wiring from the
parent machine to the appropriate terminals on I/O connectors on right panel
of the electrical enclosure. See Figure 3-14 for the location of I/O connectors.
Refer to Table 3-2 for the terminal numbers that correspond to each
input/output

NOTE: The relay contact between terminals

-17X21:25/-17X21:26,-17X21:27/-17X21:28,-17X21:29/-17X21:30,-17X21:3
1/-17X21:32 are normally open. When the motor is running, these contacts
should close.

Programming
Use the keypad located on each pump drive inside the electrical enclosure to
set up the pump run status monitoring.

1. Press ENT until I-O is displayed.

2. Press ENT again to access the I/O parameters.
3. Press the arrow keys until parameter r2 is displayed.
4. Press ENT to access this parameter.
5. Press the arrow keys until rUn is displayed.
6. Press ENT to save this value.
7. Press ESC twice to return to the monitoring mode.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Hardware Installation and Setup 3-23

Figure 3-15 Motor drive power LED and display

1. Motor drive power LEW (steady=OK, flashing-fault, off=no power)
2. Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

3-24 Hardware Installation and Setup

Installing Optional Equipment

Each item of optional equipment is shipped with instructions for installing and
operating the equipment. Refer to Section 9, Parts, for equipment part
numbers.

Connecting an Applicator Driver, Pattern

Controller, or Timer
If applicable, complete the melter installation by connecting the applicators to
the desired applicator driver, pattern control, or timer. Refer to the product
manual provided with the device for information about installing and
operating the equipment.

Flushing the Melter

Before using the melter for production, it should be flushed to remove any
residue left over from factory‐testing. Flushing the melter is accomplished by
processing a minimum of one tank volume of hot melt through the melter,
hoses, and applicators.

Disposing of Melter
When your Nordson product has reached the end of its useful life, dispose of
it in accordance with local regulations.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface 4-1

Section 4
About the Touch Screen Display and
User Interface

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Overview
The touch screen display replaces the membrane control panel used on
previous Nordson melters. With a touch of your finger on the display screen,
you can navigate the graphical user interface to setup, operate and maintain
this melter.

The melter is shipped from the factory with most software settings
pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are some settings that you
must configure and fine­tune to best fit your manufacturing process.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

4-2 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface

Starting the Melter for the First Time

S If the melter was not configured for you from the factory, the Configuration
Wizard screen appears. Refer to Figure 4‐1.
S If the melter was configured for you from the factory, the Operator Display
appears. Refer to Figure 4‐2.

Next

Welcome
Use the Configuration Wizard to set up the following
information:

* Language
* Date/Time Format and Temperature Units
* Current Date and Time

Click Next to Continue.

Figure 4‐1 The Configuration Wizard

Figure 4‐2 The Operator Display

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface 4-3

Navigating the Touch Screen Displays

The AltaBlue Touch Series Melter consists of the following primary displays:

S The Operator Display

S Master Control Display

About the Operator Display

The Operator Display is the default display.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C
Zones
Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Navigation
Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

Manual Manual Manual GLT
Pumps Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM

Heaters: On Melter Status: Recipes

Pump: On
Password: Disabled Ready \ OK Nothing Loaded

Monitor

Figure 4‐3 The Operator Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

4-4 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface

The Operator Display is divided into four sections:

Section Description
Zones S Enable\disable
S Create or modify zone name
S Define individual set point temperatures
S Modify default channel associations
S View state and status for each zone
Pumps S Enable\disable
S Create or modify pump name
S Define pump operation mode
S View state and status for each pump
Monitor S View melter status
S View state of the master heater and pump
controls, as well as whether or not password
protection is enabled
S View and manage recipes
Navigation S Access the Master Control Display

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface 4-5

Monitoring the Status of the Melter

You can view the status of the melter from the following:

S The Operator Display, see Figure 4‐4

S Screen Saver, see Figure 4‐5
NOTE: The screen saver appears after 5 minutes (the default) of no user
interaction with the touchscreen. The Operator Display re-appears when you
touch anywhere on the screen saver.

Middle Melter
Status Indicator

Figure 4‐4 The Operator Display

System Status:
Ready\OK

Figure 4‐5 The Screen Saver

NOTE: Touch the middle melter status indicator to view the event log, if
there was an alert, fault, low tank or service reminder.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

4-6 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface

What the Melter Statuses Indicate

The following table details the melter and zone\pump status messages.

Button Color Heaters Pumps Description

Dark On On All available and enabled zones and
System Status:
green pumps are at their set points and/or
Ready\OK
have a status of Ready\OK.
System Status: Dark On On Same as Ready\OK, but the reservoir
Ready \ Low Level Green is almost empty and requires refilling.

Dark On On Same as Ready\OK, but a component

System Status: Green requires regular scheduled servicing.
Ready \ Service

Light Off On/Off Zones at set point temperatures,

System Status:
Green pumps ready, but the master Heater
Heaters Off
control is Off.
NOTE: This could be the result of
a zone or pump fault.
Yellow On On The melter continues to work, but
System Status:
some functions may not be available.
Alert
Melter requires servicing.
Yellow On On The system has detected a zone or
Zone Alert: pump alert condition. The melter
Zone 1A continues to operate normally, but
some functions may not be available.
Melter requires servicing.
NOTE: You have 2 minutes from
the time the system detects an
RTD and\or an over\under
temperature alert before it is
upgraded to a Fault condition.
Red Off Off A system fault condition has been
System Status:
detected. The melter has stopped
Fault
working.
Red Off Off The system has detected a zone or
Zone Fault:
pump fault condition. The melter has
Zone 1A
stopped working.
Orange On Off The system is in the process of heating
System Status:
all available and enabled zones to their
Heating
set point temperatures.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface 4-7

Button Color Heaters Pumps Description

Light On Off Although all available and enabled
System Status:
Blue zones are at their set point
Ready Delay
temperatures, the Ready\OK is
delayed until the user-defined time has
elapsed.

Blue On Off The system has been manually or

System Status:
automatically placed into Standby
Standby Mode
mode.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

4-8 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface

About the Master Controls Display

Use the Master Controls Display to switch on/off primary melter controls,
including the heater, pump and scheduler as well as to manually place the
melter into standby mode. You can also access advanced melter settings.

Master
Controls
From the Operator Display, touch

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Master Set
Set Point: 175_C Controls
Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Done

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

Set Point: 175_C
Heater Contro
Set Point: 175_C
l
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Pump Control

175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Heaters: On Pumps: On

Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1

Manual Manual Standby Manual GLT Scheduler
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM
Standby: Off Scheduler: Off
Heaters: On Melter Status: Recipes
Pump: On
SMALL SIZE
Password: Disabled Ready\OK

Settings System

Figure 4‐6 The Master Controls Display

What you can do from Master Controls | Settings

Settings Description
Temperature S Global Set Point
S Temperature Limits
S Ready Delay
S Standby
Pumps S Auto Pump
S Remote Control
S Pump Calibration
Inputs/Outputs S Configure standard and expanded inputs/outputs

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface 4-9

What you can do from Master Controls | System

Settings Description
Formats/Units S Time
S Date
S Temperature
S Pressure
Date/Time S Current data and time
Password S Create/Modify (codes)
S Timeout
S Set Security Level
Display S Brightness
S Screen Saver Delay
S Calibrate Screen
S Wipe Display
Language S Current Language
Scheduler S Define daily heat and standby events
Administration S System Reset
S Display/Save Diagnostics
S Reset Password
S Firmware Version
S Create, modify, delete or not make use of a Recipe
S RTD Options
S Lockout Communications
S Hours Heaters On

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

4-10 About the Touch Screen Display and User Interface

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-1

Section 5
Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Overview
The melter is shipped from the factory with most temperature, pump and
melter (system) settings pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are
some settings that you must configure and fine­tune to best fit your
manufacturing process.

The following are basic melter configuration topics discussed in this chapter.

Topic Tasks
Operating the S Switching the melter On
Melter
S Filling the reservoir
Configuring S Enabling and disable zones
Zones
S Creating or modifying zone names
S Defining individual set point temperatures
S Modifying default channel associations
Configuring S Enabling and disable pumps
Pumps
S Creating or modifying pump names
S Defining pump mode operation

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-2 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Operating the Melter

When the melter and its hardware are installed you are ready to start the
melter start configuring the various software settings.

Starting the Melter

Turn the main power switch to the On position.

The Operator Display appears.

The System Status indicates Green or Ready/OK

S When all enabled zones reach their set point temperatures.

S The Ready Delay option is disabled or when the user­defined Ready
Delay time has elapsed.

Filling the Reservoir

1. Use a scoop to pour hot melt material into the hopper, leaving a minimum
of 2.54 cm (1 in.) of space between the top of the material and the top of
the hopper.
2. After filling, close the lid.

CAUTION! Before filling the reservoir, make sure both the hopper and the
hot melt material are clean and free of foreign substances.

CAUTION! Do not operate the melter on an empty or near empty reservoir. If

Filling the reservoir there is too little hot melt in the reservoir, it can overheat and char, potentially
causing a fault or alert condition.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-3

Controlling the Heaters, Standby and Scheduler

Use the Master Controls to switch on/off the following:

S Heaters
S Standby (manual)
S Scheduler
NOTE: Refer to Controlling Pumps for more information.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Master Set
Set Point: 175_C Controls
Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Done

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

Set Point: 175_C
Heater Contro
Set Point: 175_C
l
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Pump Control

175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Heaters: On Pumps: On

Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1

Manual Manual Standby Manual GLT Scheduler
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM
Standby: Off Scheduler: Off
Heaters: On Melter Status: Recipes
Pump: On
SMALL SIZE
Password: Disabled Ready\OK

Settings System

Figure 5‐1 The Master Controls Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-4 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Master
Controls
1. From the Operator Display touch
2. Touch the color coded button to switch On or Off the following:
Master Control Description
Heater Control Manually switch the heaters On/Off. By default, the
master heater control is On.
NOTE: The master heater control automatically
switches Off, along with the pumps when the melter is
in a Fault condition.
Standby Control Manually switch the melter in or out of standby mode.

NOTE: Refer to Auto Exit Standby Time for more

information.
Scheduler Manually switch the scheduler option On/Off.
Control
NOTE: Refer to Configuring Scheduled Events for
more information.

3. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the zone. Touch Done.

What the Button Colors Indicate

The following table details what the Heater, Standby and Scheduler master control
button indicate.

Button Color Description

Green On

White Off

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-5

Controlling the Pumps

Use the Master Pump Control to switch all pumps on/off.

NOTES:
S The master pump and heater controls automatically switches Off, when
the melter is in a Fault condition.
S You must wait until the melter status indicates Ready\OK before you can
manually or remotely switch the Pump Control to On.
S You can enable the Auto Pump option, which automatically switches the
pump Control to On before the melter status indicates Ready\OK.
Refer to Defining Pump Remote Control for more information.
S The Pump Control button uses different colors to indicate Remote Control
and if the Auto Pump option is enabled. Refer to the table below for more
information.
Refer to Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump for more information.

Master
Controls
1. From the Operator Display touch
Refer to Figure 5‐1.
2. Touch the color coded button to continue.
Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

Orange Auto Pump enabled

Half green, Remote (master) Pump

Half white Control setup and
enabled

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-6 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Understanding Zones
There are two types of zones.

Type Default Name Notes

Internal S Hopper S Internal zones include only the hopper and reservoir.
Zones
S Reservoir S Although the Hopper and Reservoir are displayed as two
separate zones, when modifying either set point, the system
allows you to modify both set points together.
External Zone (# + letter) S External zones include hoses, applicators and optional air
Zones for example heaters.
Zone 1A
S Default name consists of the word Zone, and its corresponding
channel number. Typically, these are pairs, where the letter A
represents a hose and the letter B represents the applicator. You
can change these default channel associations.
S At least one external zone is required for normal operation.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Internal
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Zones Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

External Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Zones 175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Melter Status:
Ready \ OK

Figure 5‐2 About External and Internal Zones

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-7

About Zone States and Statuses

Figure 5‐3 details what an enabled zone displays. Refer to Tables 5‐1 and
5‐2 for a detailed list and explanation of each zone state and status.

Name of zone

Zone 1A
Set point Set Point: 145_ C
temperature
145_ C

Real-time temperature indicator

Figure 5‐3 Zone button details

Table 5‐1 Zone State and Status Color Reference

Zone States
Button Color State Notes

Zone 1A
White Disabled The zone is available, but disabled.
Disabled

Zone 1A
Gray Unavailable The system cannot detect the zone.
Unavailable

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-8 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Table 5‐2 Zone State and Status Color Reference

Zone Status
Button Color Status Notes
Dark green Ready/OK The zone is enabled and has reached its set point
Zone 1A
temperature.
Set Point 175_C
145_C

Light green Waiting for The zone is enabled and is in the process of heating to its
Zone 1A
Ready set point temperature.
Set Point 175_C
145_C S The zone is enabled and is in the process of heating to
its set point temperature.
S The system is in either Standby or Ready Delay mode.
S A zone or pump is in an alert or fault condition.
S The system itself is in an alert or fault condition.

Zone 1A
Yellow Alert The zone is enabled, but the system has detected an alert
Alert condition. Touch the zone with the alert to view system
message.
NOTE: In an alert condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls remain On.

You have two minutes from the time the system

detects an RTD or an over/under temperature
condition before the alert condition is upgraded to a
fault condition.

Zone 1A
Red Fault The zone is enabled, but the system has detected a fault
Fault condition. Touch the zone with the alert to view system
message.
NOTE: In a fault condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls are switched Off.

NOTES:
S You can modify zones at any time.
S Changes to set point temperatures and PID Type take effect when the
zone is enabled and when the melter itself is in a Ready/OK state.
S Changes to the zone name and enabling/disabling take effect when you
touch Done.
S The default name is displayed unless you modify it.
S The state of a zone is independent of the overall status of the melter.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-9

Configuring Zones
Configuring zones include the following tasks:

S Enabling and disable external zones

S Defining individual set point temperatures
S Creating or modifying external zone names
S Modifying default channel PID types
NOTE: Refer to the appropriate section for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-10 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Enabling and Disabling Zones

NOTE: Enabling or disabling a zone takes effect when you touch Done.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C
Zone 1A
Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B Done
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Zone 1A
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C
Enabled
Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Adjust Set Point Change PID Type
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C
175_C Hose

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 1 Pump 1

Manual Manual Manual Create/Modify Name
GLT
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
Zone 1A
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM

Heaters: On Melter Status:

Pump: On
Password: Disabled Ready \ OK

Name of zone

Zone 1A
Color coded
Enable\Disable
button Zone State: Enabled

Current zone state

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a zone that you want to enable
or disable.
2. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the zone. Touch Done.
Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-11

Modifying Zone Set Point Temperatures

Zone 1A
Done

Zone 1A

Enabled
Zone 1A - Set Point Done

Adjust Set Point Change PID Type

Hose Cancel
175_C
_C 7 8 9
Create/Modify Name 175 Home

Zone 1A
4 5 6

1 2 3

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a zone that you want to modify
its set point temperature.
2. Touch Adjust Set Point and enter the temperature you want for this
zone. Touch
3. Touch Done.

NOTES:
S To minimize charring the adhesive material, you can define the hopper
set point temperature up to 15_C (30_F) cooler than the reservoir set
point temperature.
S The Hopper set point temperature cannot exceed that of the reservoir.
S Although the Hopper and Reservoir are displayed as two separate zones,
when modifying either set point, the system allows you to modify both set
points together.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-12 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Modifying Zone Names

Zone 1A
Done

Zone 1A

Enabled
Zone 1A - Set Point Done

Adjust Set Point Change PID Type

175_C Hose Cancel

123… Zone 1A Home

Create/Modify Name
Zone 1A

Q W E R T Y U I O P

A S D F G H J K L

Z X C V B N M

1. Access the Operator Display and touch an external zone that you want
to modify its name. Refer to Accessing the Zone Configuration Screen for
more information.
2. Touch Create/Modify Name and enter the name you want for this zone.
The name can be up to 10 characters long. Spaces, dashes, underscore
and numbers count as a single character.
3. Touch Done to continue.

NOTE: Internal zone names cannot be modified.

NOTE: Upper case only.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-13

Modifying External Zone PID Types

By default, the system assigns PID types as follows:

S Zones ending with a letter A are associated with a Hose

S Zones ending with a letter B are associated with a Standard
Applicator.
NOTE: PID types optimize the performance of the device.

Zone 1A
Done

Zone 1A

Enabled
External Zone 1A Done
Adjust Set Point Change PID Type

Home 175_C Hose

Hose
Create/Modify Name
Zone 1A
Standard Gun

Large Gun

Air Heater

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the external zone that you want
to change its PID types.
2. Touch Change PID Type and select the appropriate button for the
selected zone.
3. Touch Done.

NOTE: You cannot modify internal zone PIDs.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-14 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Understanding Pumps
The number of pumps depends on the number of installed Motor Control
Boards. Each Motor Control Board controls up to 2 pumps. The default is 1
Motor Control Board. The maximum is two Motor Control Boards per melter.

Master
Controls

Pump 1 Pump 2 Pump 3 Pump 4

Pumps Manual Manual Manual GLT
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM

Melter Status:
Ready \ OK

Figure 5‐4 About Pumps

About Pump States and Statuses

Figure 5‐5 details what an enabled pump displays. Refer to Tables 5‐3 and
5‐4 for a detailed list and explanation of each pump state and status.

Name of pump

Operation Mode Pump 1

Manual
Set Point
Set Point: 45 RPM
Real-time pump speed
45 RPM

Figure 5‐5 Pump button details

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-15

Table 5‐3 Pump State Color Reference

Pump States
Button Color State Notes

Pump 1
White Disabled The pump is available, but disabled.
Disabled

Pump 1
Gray Unavailable The system cannot detect the pump.
Unavailable

Table 5‐4 Pump Status Color Reference

Pump Statuses
Button Color Status Notes
Dark green Ready/OK The pump is enabled and has reached its set point speed.
Pump 1
Manual
Set Point 34 RPM
24 RPM

Light green Waiting for The pump is enabled and…

Pump 1
Manual Ready S is waiting for the melter to reach its Ready/OK status
Set Point 34 RPM
24 RPM before you can manually switch On the master Pump
Control.
S Auto Pump is enabled and is waiting for the melter to
reach its Ready/OK status before automatically
switching On the Master Pump Control.
S The system is in either Standby or Ready Delay mode.
S A zone or pump is in an alert or fault condition.
S The system itself is in an alert or fault condition.

Pump 1
Yellow Alert The pump is enabled, but the system has detected an
Alert alert condition. Touch the pump with the alert to view
system message.
NOTE: In an alert condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls remain On.

Pump 1
Red Fault The Pump is enabled, but the system has detected a fault
Fault condition. Touch the pump with the alert to view system
message.
NOTE: In a fault condition, both the master Heater
and Pump controls are switched Off.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-16 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Requirements for Running a Pump

The following lists the system requirements before running a pump:

S The melter status must indicate Ready/OK.

S The pump must be enabled.
S In addition to the internal zones, at least one external zone must be
enabled.
S The Master Heater Control switch must indicate On.
S The Master Pump Control switch must indicate On.
‐ Refer to Advanced Pump Settings for more information.

Basic Pump Operation Modes

There are two default pump operation modes:

Operation Mode Description

Manual Delivers adhesive at a constant speed you manually
(default) enter.
Gear-to-Line Delivers adhesive at a rate proportional to the line
speed.

Extended Pump Operation Modes

Contact to your Nordson sales representative for more information about
expanding your pump operation modes to include the following:

Operation Mode Description

Pressure Control Delivers consistent adhesive by varying pump
and Monitoring speed to control system pressure that is
proportional to the line speed.
Flow Control and Delivers an accurate flow rate of adhesive based on
Monitoring inline measurements of consumption, add-on
weights and application pressure that is proportional
to the line speed.

NOTE: Extended Pump Operation Modes require additional hardware.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-17

Configuring Pumps
The number of pumps depends on the number of installed Motor Control
Boards. Each Motor Control Board controls up to 2 pumps. The default is 1
Motor Control Board. The maximum is two Motor Control Boards, is zones.

NOTES:

S The default name is displayed unless you modify it.

S The state of a pump is independent of the overall status of the melter.
S Make sure to save your changes to a recipe. Refer to Managing
Recipes for more information.
Configuring pumps include the following:

S Enable\disable
S Change operation mode
S Adjust speed
S Create or modify name

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-18 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Enabling and Disabling Pumps

NOTE: Enabling or disabling a zone takes effect when you touch Done.

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Pump 1 Controls
Done
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C
Pump 1

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

Enabled
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 6A Zone 6B ZoneSpeed

Adjust 7A Zone 7B Change Operation Monitor
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Mode
MAN
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Manage Channel Test Graphing

Pump 1 Pump 1 Create/Modify
Pump 1 Name Pump 1 Settings
Manual Manual Manual Pump
GLT1
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM
Total Adhesive Used
Heaters: On Melter Status:
Pump: On
Password: Disabled Ready\OK

Name of pump

Pump 1
Color coded
Enable\Disable
button Pump State: Enabled

Current pump state

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a pump that you want to enable
or disable.
2. Touch the color coded button to enable or disable the pump.
Button Color Description
Green On

White Off

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-19

Changing Pump Operation Modes

The default available pump operation modes are Manual and Gear-to-Line.

Pump 1
Done

Pump 1

Pump 1 \ Operation Mode Enabled

Done

Manual Home
Adjust Speed Change Operation Monitor
Mode
MAN

Gear-to-Line
Manage Channel Test Graphing
Create/Modify Name
Settings
Pump 1
Pressure Control

Total Adhesive Used

Flow Control

1. Access the Operator Display and touch a pump that you want to modify
its operation mode.
2. Touch Change Operation Mode and select which pump mode you want
to use.
3. Decide which pump operation mode you want to use, then touch Done.
Operation Mode Description
Manual Pump runs at a constant Speed.

Gear-to-Line Pump runs runs at a variable speed based on line

speed signal.
Note:
S Refer to About Gear-to-Line for more
information.
Pressure Control Delivers consistent adhesive output by varying
pump speed to control system pressure proportional
to the line speed.
Note:
S Requires additional hardware.
Flow Control dispenses an accurate flow rate of adhesive, based
on inline measurements of consumption, add-on
weights and application pressure proportional to the
line speed.
Note:
S Requires additional hardware.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-20 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

4. Touch Adjust Speed and enter the required information.

S Refer to Figure 5‐6
S Refer to Figure 5‐7
5. Touch Done.

Pump 1
Done

Pump 1

Enabled

Adjust Speed Change Operation Monitor

Pump 1\ Gear-to-Line
Mode MAN Done

% Line Speed
Manage Channel Test
Create/Modify Name Graphing Cancel
%
Pump 1 Settings
100 7 8 9
Total Adhesive Used
Desired Pump RPM
RPM 4 5 6
94

1 2 3
Min Pump Speed
RPM
0
0

Figure 5‐6 Configuring and adjusting Gear-to-Line mode

Pump 1
Done

Pump 1

Enabled

Adjust Speed Change Operation

Pump 1\Pump SpeedMonitor
(RPM)
MAN Done
Mode

Manage Channel Test

Create/Modify Name Graphing Cancel
Pump 1 Settings RPM 7 8 9
0 Home
Total Adhesive Used

4 5 6

1 2 3

Figure 5‐7 Configuring and adjusting Manual mode

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration 5-21

About Gear-to-Line
Gear-to-Line uses a single set point on a curve for pump control.

Fig 5‐8 indicates the following:

S At 80% maximum line speed, the pump set point RPM speed is 60 RPM.
S At 20% minimum line speed, the pump set point RPM speed is 15 RPM.

70

80%, 60 RPM
60

50
Motor Speed (RPM)

40

30

20
20%, 15 RPM
10

0
0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
% Line Speed

Figure 5‐8 Gear-to-Line, single-point on a curve

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

5-22 Basic Operation and Melter Configuration

Adjusting Pump Speed

You can modify the speed of the pump in Manual and Gear-to-Line operation
modes.

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the pump that you want to
change its speed.
2. Touch Adjust Speed.
3. Do the following to continue:
S Refer to Figure 5‐6 for Gear-to-Line mode.
S Refer to Figure 5‐7 for Manual mode.
4. Touch Done to continue.

Modifying Pump Names

Pump 1
Done

Pump 1

Enabled

Adjust Speed Change Operation Monitor

Mode Pump 1
MAN Done

Manage Channel Test

Create/Modify Name Graphing
Settings Cancel
Pump 1

123… Pump 1 Home

Total Adhesive Used

Q W E R T Y U I O P

A S D F G H J K L

Z X C V B N M

1. Access the Operator Display and touch the pump you want to modify its
name.
2. Touch Create/Modify Name and enter the name you want for this pump.
The name can be up to 10 characters long. Spaces, dashes, underscore
and numbers count as a single character.
3. Touch Done.

NOTE: Upper case only.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-1

Section 6
Advanced Melter Configuration

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Overview
The melter is shipped from the factory with most temperature, pump and
melter (system) settings pre­configured and ready to use. However, there are
some settings that you must configure and fine­tune to best fit your
manufacturing process.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-2 Advanced Melter Configuration

The following are advanced melter configuration topics discussed in this

chapter.

Section Tasks
Advanced S Defining a global set point temperature
Temperature
Settings S Defining temperature limits
S Defining ready delay
S Defining standby settings
Advanced Pump S Enabling\Disabling Auto Pump
Settings
S Defining Pump Remote Control
S Calibrating pumps
Advanced Defining input\output functionality
Input/Output
Settings
System Settings S Defining format and units
S Defining data and time
S Defining service intervals
S Defining language preferences
S Defining display options
Configuring S Establishing password protection
Password
Protection S Creating/modifying password level codes
Configuring S Creating/modifying heater and standby events
Scheduled Events
S Switching On/Off the master scheduler controller
Administrative S Managing recipes
Options and
Settings S Viewing the event log
S Resetting to System Defaults
S Resetting password level codes
S Viewing firmware version information
S Viewing heaters On hours
S Locking out melter communication
S Changing RTD types

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-3

Advanced Temperature Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Defining a global set point temperature

S Defining temperature limits
S Defining ready delay
S Defining standby settings

Accessing Temperature Settings

Master Controls
Done

Heater Control Pump Control

Heaters: On Pumps: On

Standby Master Scheduler

Settings Done
Standby: Off Manual

Home

Temperature

System Pump
Settings

Inputs/Outputs

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-4 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining a Global Set Point Temperature

Use global set point temperature to configure all zones with a uniform set
point temperature.

Default Minimum Maximum

175°C (350°F) 100°C (200°F) 225°C (450°F)

NOTE: To minimize charring the adhesive material, you can define the
hopper set point temperature up to 15°C (30°F) cooler than the reservoir set
point temperature.

NOTE: Defining a global set point temperature enables previously disabled

zones.

Pump Temperature
1\ Operation Mode Done
Done

Pump 1 Home
Enabled
Global Set Point

Adjust Speed Change Operation

Temperature Limits
Mode
Global Set Point Temperature
Manual Done

Create/Modify Name Cancel

Ready Delay _C 7 8 9
Pump 1
15 Home
Standby
4 5 6

1 2 3

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-5

Pump 1\ Operation Mode

Done

Pump 1

Enabled

Temperature
Adjust Speed Change Operation Done
Mode Manual
Home
Create/Modify Name
Global Set Point
Pump 1

Temperature Limits

Ready Delay

Standby

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.
3. Touch Global Set Point and enter the global set point temperature you
want for all available zones.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-6 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Temperature Limits

Use Temperature Limits to define the number of degrees a zone can
increase or decrease from its assigned set point temperature before a
temperature alert\fault occurs.

Setting Default Minimum Maximum

Over 15°C (25°F)
Temperature 5°C (10°F) 60°C (110°F)
Under 25°C (50°F)
Temperature

NOTE: The system displays an Alert message if either an over or under

temperature event occurs to any zone.

Zone 1A
Alert

NOTE: The zone itself changes to yellow If you do not

resolve the over\under alert condition within two minutes of it being detected,
the Alert changes to a Fault condition, causing both Heater and Pump
Controls to automatically switch Off.

Pump Temperature
1\ Operation Mode Done
Done

Pump 1 Home
Enabled
Global Set Point

Adjust Speed Change Operation Temperature Limits

Temperature Limits Done
Mode Manual

Create/Modify Name Over Temperature Cancel

Ready Delay
Pump 1 _C 7 8 9
15 Home
Standby
4 5 6

Under Temperature
_C
1 2 3
25

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.
3. Touch Temperature Limits and enter temperature thresholds you want
to enforce.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-7

Defining Ready Delay

Use Ready Delay to define the amount of time you want to elapse after all of
zones have reached their set point temperatures before the melter
Ready\OK status appears.

Default Minimum Maximum

0 (Zero) minutes 0 (Zero) minutes 60 minutes

NOTE: The ready delay time only functions when the temperature of the
reservoir, at the time the melter is turned on, is more than 27 °C (50 °F) from
its set point temperature.

NOTE: The ready delay time begins when all components are within
3 °C (5 °F) of their respective set point temperatures.

Pump Temperature
1\ Operation Mode Done
Done

Pump 1 Home
Enabled
Global Set Point

Adjust Speed Change Operation Ready Delay

Temperature Limits
Mode Manual Done

Create/Modify Name Cancel

Ready Delay Min. 7 8 9
Pump 1
60 Home
Standby
4 5 6

1 2 3

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.
3. Touch Ready Delay and enter the number of minutes you want to delay
the Ready\OK status.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-8 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Standby Settings

There are 3 Standby options:

Standby Option Refer to page

Manual (enter/exit) Standby 5-4
Automatic Standby 6-8
Auto Exit Standby Time 6-10

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-9

Automatic Standby
Enables the system to automatically enter Standby mode after a user defined
amount of elapsed time of melter inactivity.

Temperature
Done

Home

Global Set Point

Standby Settings
Temperature Limits Done
Manual

Home
Ready Delay Automatic Standby Auto Exit Standby Time

Off Off
Standby
Auto Standby Start Time Auto Exit Standby Time
In Manual Standby Mode
60 min. 60 min.

Auto Heaters Off Time Standby Temp

In Auto Standby Mode
60 min. 50_C

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.
3. Touch Standby. Do the following to continue.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-10 Advanced Melter Configuration

Touch Description

Automatic Standby
Enables the system the ability to automatically place the melter into
standby mode.
Default: Disabled
Standby On

Define the elapsed time of melter inactivity before the melter

Auto Standby Start Time automatically enters Standby mode.

60 min.
Default is 0 (zero) minutes
Minimum time is 0 (zero) minutes
Maximum time is 60 minutes

Define the number of degrees (from the set point temperature) of all
Standby Temp enabled zones that you want to decrease while in standby mode.

50_C
Default is 50_C (100_F)
Minimum temp is 5_C (10_F)
Maximum temp is 60_C (120_F)

Define the amount of time that must elapse after the automatic
Auto Heaters Off Time standby time elapses before the heaters turn off.
In Auto Standby Mode

45 min.
Default is 0 (zero) minutes
Minimum time is 0 (zero) minutes
Maximum time is 60 minutes

4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-11

Auto Exit Standby Time

If you manually placed the melter into standby mode, you can enable the
system to automatically exit Standby mode after a user defined amount of
elapsed time.

Temperature
Done

Home

Global Set Point

Standby Settings
Temperature Limits Done
Manual

Home
Ready Delay Automatic Standby Auto Exit Standby Time

Off Off
Standby
Auto Standby Start Time Auto Exit Standby Time
In Manual Standby Mode
60 min. 60 min.

Auto Heaters Off Time Standby Temp

In Auto Standby Mode
60 min. 50_C

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.
3. Touch Standby. Do the following to continue.
Touch Description

Auto Exit Standby Time

Enables the system the ability to automatically exit standby mode.
Default: Disabled
Standby On

Define the elapsed time since the melter was manually placed into
Auto Exit Standby Time
standby mode before the melter automatically exits Standby mode.
In Manual Standby Mode

60 min.
Default is 0 (zero) minutes
Minimum time is 0 (zero) minutes
Maximum time is 60 minutes

4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-12 Advanced Melter Configuration

Advanced Pump Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Enabling\Disabling Auto Pump

S Defining Pump Remote Control
S Calibrating Pumps

Accessing Pump Settings

Master Controls
Done

Heater Control Pump Control

Heaters: On Pumps: On

Standby Master Scheduler

Settings Done
Standby: Off Manual

Home

Temperature

System Pump
Settings

Inputs/Outputs

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Temperature.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-13

Enabling and Disabling Auto Pump

Use the Auto Pump option to increase efficiency by allowing you to switch On
the Master Pump Control, before the melter status indicates Ready\OK.
When the melter status indicates Ready\OK, the Master Pump Control
switches On, and any enabled pump will automatically start.

Otherwise, you will have to wait until the melter status indicates Ready\OK
before you can switch On the Master Pump Control

Default Available Options

Disabled S Enable
S Disable

Settings Done

Home

Temperature

Pump Pump Done

Inputs/Outputs Home

Auto Pump
Off

Remote Control
0 of 2 set

Pump Calibration

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings, then Pump.
3. Touch the Auto Pump button to enable or disable the Auto Pump option.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-14 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Pump Remote Control

Use pump remote control to manipulate the pump from a location other than
from the melter itself.

NOTE: The default is Disabled for all pumps.

Configuring a pump for remote control is a 3-step process:

Step 1: Run a wire from the pump to the an input connection.

Refer to Setting Up Inputs/Outputs for instructions.

Step 2: Configure the input number with Pump (control).

Refer to Advanced Input/Output Settings for more information.

Step 3: Select which pump you want to control from a remote location.
Refer to the steps below.

Pump Done

Home

Auto Pump
Off

Remote Control
0 of 2 set
Remote Control Done

Pump Calibration Home

Pump 1

Pump 2

Pump 3

Pump 4

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings button, then Pump.
3. Touch Remote Control and select which pump you want to remotely
enable\disable.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-15

Calibrating Pumps
Use Pump Calibration to make sure the displayed pump RPM is accurate.

Pump Done

Pump Calibration
Cancel
Home Cancel

Auto Pump Pump

Off
Off Cancel Done
Pump RPM calibration should
Pump 1 only be done by trained
Remote Control Cancel
00 of technicians. While the pump is
of 22 set
set 7 8 9
running at approximately 75%
Pump 2 of full speed, use a tachometer Home
Pump Calibration
to measure actual pump RPM.
4 5 6
Pump 3

Measured RPM:

Pump 4 1 2 3
0

1. Wire a tachometer to the pump.

Master
Controls
2. Access the Operator Display and touch
3. Touch Settings button, then Pump.
4. Touch Pump Calibration and select which pump you want to calibrate.
Run the pump at approximately 75% of full speed, then enter the RPM
displayed on the tachometer.
5. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-16 Advanced Melter Configuration

Advanced Input/Output Settings

NOTE: Refer to Hardware Installation and Setup chapter for wiring
instructions.

Settings Done

Home

Temperature

Inputs/Outputs Done

Pump Manual
Input 1 Output 1
Output 1 Home
Automatic Standby Ready
Inputs/Outputs

Input 2 Output 2
Output 2

Standby Fault

Input 3 Output 3
Output 3

Heater Control Tank Low

Input 4
Hose / Gun 1

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings then Inputs/Outputs.
3. Touch the lnput or Output button that you want to modify. Refer to the
Default Input Settings and Default Output Settings for more information.
4. Touch Done.

NOTE: If the optional Input/Output Expansion card is installed, then touch

to configure an additional 6 expansion inputs and an additional 4

expansion outputs.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-17

Default Input Settings

By default, all four inputs are pre-configured for you. The following table
details the defaults and available input options.

Input # Default Available Options

Input 1 Automatic S Disabled
Standby
S Heater Control
S Standby
Input 2 Standby
S Pump (Control)

Input 3 Heater Control S External Zone# A/B

S Automatic Standby
(only available for
Input 4 External Zone
Input 1)
1A/1B

Expansion Inputs Disabled

5-10

Default Output Settings

By default, all three outputs are pre-configured for you. The following table
details the defaults and available output options.

Output # Default Available Options

Output 1 Ready S Disabled
S Ready
Output 2 Fault S Ready-Pump On
S Fault
Output 3 Tank Low
S Tank Low
S Alert
Expansion Disabled
Outputs 4-7 S Service Reminder

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-18 Advanced Melter Configuration

System Settings
The following sections detail the following:

S Defining format and units

S Defining the data and time
S Defining service intervals
S Defining language preferences
S Defining display options

Accessing System Settings

Master Controls
Done

Heater Control Pump Control

Heaters: On Pumps: On
System Done
Standby Master Scheduler

Formats/Units Password Manual Home

Standby: Off Scheduler: On

Date/Time Display

03/20/2012 4:40 PM

Service Interval Administration System

Settings
500 hours

Scheduler Language
English

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System button.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-19

Defining Formats and Units

The following table details the default selection for each system-wide
format/unit, as well as its available options.

Item Default Available Options

Date Format mm/dd/yy S yy/mm/dd
S dd/mm/yy
S mm/dd/yy
Time Format 24 S 12
S 24
Temperature °C S °C
Format
S °F
Pressure Format PSI S kPa
S Bar
S PSI

NOTE: Pressure units apply only if you have the Flow and Pressure Option
Board installed.

System Done

Formats/Units Password Formats/Units Done

Date Format

yy/mm/dd dd/mm/yy mm/dd/yy Home

Date/Time Display

03/20/2012 4:40 PM
Time Format Pressure
Service Interval Administration
12 24 kPa Bar PSI
500 hours

Scheduler Language
Temperature Format English

_C _F

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Formats/Units.
3. Touch the selection you want to use for each format/unit.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-20 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining the Date and Time

The date and time you define here is used by the system for all time and date
related functions, such as the Event Log and Service Intervals.

System Done

Formats/Units Password

Date/Time Settings
Done
Date/Time Display

03/20/2012 4:40 PM Date Cancel

7 8 9
Service Interval Administration
Administration
10/8/2012 Home
500 hours

Language
4 5 6
Scheduler Language
English
Time
1 2 3
13:05

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Date/Time.
3. Enter the current date and time.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-21

Defining Service Intervals

Service interval refers to the number of hours the heaters have been on.

Default Minimum Maximum

500 hours 1 hour 8760 hours

NOTE: Refer to Resetting Service Interval Messages for more

information.

System Done

Formats/Units Password
Service Interval Done

Date/Time Display Cancel

03/20/2012 4:40 PM hours 7 8 9
500 Home
Service Interval Administration
500 hours
4 5 6
Scheduler Language
English
1 2 3

Clear Service Reminder

0

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Service Interval.
3. Enter the number of heater on hours after which you want the system to
display a service reminder message.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-22 Advanced Melter Configuration

Resetting Service Interval Messages

When the heaters have been on for more than the defined (default 500)
hours, a pop-up message appears and the system status indicates
Ready\Service.

There are two ways to reset the service interval value.

S From the Service Reminder pop-up message

S From the Service Interval screen
From the pop-up message

Service Reminder
System Status 3/20/2012 16:40
Ready\Service
The heaters have been on for more then 500 hours.
Melter is working but maintenance required.

OK Clear

Touch Description
OK Closes the pop-up message, but the service
reminder condition still exists.
The System Status indicator continues to display
the Ready\Service.
Clear Closes the pop-up message, and resets the
service reminder counter back to 0 (zero) hours.

From the Service Interval Screen

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Service Interval.
3. Touch Clear Service Reminder to reset the service interval counter
back to 0 (zero) hours.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-23

Defining Language Preference

Select the language you want to use.

Default Available Options

English S Chinese S French
S English S Japanese
S Italian S Portuguese
S German S Spanish

System Done

Formats/Units Password Home

Language Done
Date/Time
Date/Time Display

03/20/2012 4:40
03/20/2012
HomePM PM
4:40

Service Interval
Service Interval Administration
500 hours
500 hours

Scheduler
Scheduler Language
English

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Language.
3. Touch the flag representing the language you want to use.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-24 Advanced Melter Configuration

Defining Display Settings

The following table details what you can define, along with the default and
available options.

Setting Default Minimum Maximum

Brightness/Contrast 75% | 75% 30% 100%
Screen Saver Delay 90 minutes 5 minutes 120 minutes
Calibrate Screen -- -- --
Wipe Display 30 seconds -- --

System Done

Formats/Units Password Home

Display Done
Date/Time
Date/Time Display

03/20/2012Home
03/20/2012 4:40
4:40 PM
PM

Brightness / Contrast
Service
ServiceInterval
Interval Administration
75% | 75%
500
500 hours
hours
Screen Saver Delay
Scheduler
Scheduler Language
5 minutes
English
Calibrate Screen

Wipe Display

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Display.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-25

3. Do the following to continue.

Touch Description
Brightness/Contrast Enhance the visibility and readability of the
touchscreen displays.
Screen Saver Delay The amount of time (default 5 minutes) of no user
interaction with the touchscreen before the screen
saver appears.
The screen saver only displays the melter status
and its corresponding color. To extend the lifespan
of the touchscreen itself, the brightness and
contrast are reduced from its current settings to
30%
Touch anywhere on the screen to access the
Operator Display.
Calibrate Screen Allows you to improve the accuracy of your
interaction with the touchscreen.
Touch the + symbol to calibrate the touchscreen.
Wipe Display Locks the screen for 30 seconds, allowing you to
clear dust from the touchscreen without touching a
button and accidentally changing a setting.

4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-26 Advanced Melter Configuration

Configuring Password Protection

By default, password protection is disabled.

NOTE: Refer to Table 6‐5 for an explanation of each security level.

The following are default password level numeric codes:

Level # Default Code Notes

1 1000 S Cannot start with the number 0 (zero).

2 2000 S Can be one up to five numbers long.

S The largest 5 digit number is 65535.
3 3000
S Each level must have a unique numeric code.

System Done

Formats/Units Password Home

Password
Done
Date/Time
Date/Time Display

03/20/2012Help
03/20/2012 4:40 PM
4:40 PM

Create/Modify
ServiceInterval
Service Interval Administration
Home
500 hours
500 hours

Timeout
Scheduler
Scheduler Language
5 minutes
English
Set Security Level

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Password.
3. Do the following to continue. When finished, touch Done.
Touch Description
Create/Modify Modify the default numeric password code for each
level.
Timeout The amount of time (the default is 10 minutes) the
selected password protection becomes active after
no user interaction with the touchscreen.
Set Security Level Refer to Table 6‐5 for an explanation of each
security level.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-27

Table 6‐5 Security level details

ËËËË
Security Functions Enabled High Medium Low
Level
3 Application names (temperature channels, pumps, **pressure
ËËËË
sensors)
Controlled system heating rate temperature ËËËË
ËËËË
ËËËË
Switch between °C, °F
Switch between bar, psi, kPa
Temperature channel settings (PID control mode)
ËËËË
ËËËË
Maximum temperature set point

ËËËË
Assign standard I/O inputs for application groups
Seven-day clock settings: (delete/edit schedule, copy schedule)
Motor enables from control panel / control panel AND standard I/O
ËËËË
ËËËË
Gear-to-line signal: Analog/frequency, voltage/current
Speed control /
Line speed for min./max. pump speed/pressure
ËËËË
ËËËË
Threshold switch

ËËËË
Restore default settings
Melter configuration
Configuration code input (Local mode / field bus mode)
ËËËË
ËËËË
Customer setup (recipes / application names)
Service interval
System ready-delay setup
ËËËË
ËËËË
Password setup

ËËËË
**Pressure alarm monitoring on/off
**Over-pressure and under-pressure alarms
**Pressure and Flow parameters (PID, threshold, etc.)
ËËËË
ËËËË
**pressure control / flow control

ËËËË
**Pressure build parameters
**Pressure sensors setup

2
**Flow sensors setup
Under-temperature/over-temperature warnings/faults
Standby values (setback delta and duration)
ËËËË
Automatic enter standby
Temperature channel enabled/disabled
Changing pump modes (manual, gear-to-line, **pressure, **flow)
**Pressure and Flow alarm bands
1 Temperature set point
Individual motor enable
Speed set point
Min. and max. pump speed/pressure (in gear-to-line mode)
**Pressure set point

NOTE: **Flow and Pressure related tasks apply only if you have the Flow
and Pressure Option Board installed.

NOTE: The table indicates the following:

S High Security includes levels 1, 2 and 3
S Medium Security includes levels 2 and 3
S Low Security includes only level 3

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-28 Advanced Melter Configuration

Configuring Scheduled Events

Use the scheduler to time daily heater and standby events. Figure x-x
illustrates a typical daily schedule.

Heaters On

Enter Standby - break

Exit Standby

Enter Standby - shift change

Exit Standby

Heaters Off

NOTE: About scheduling events:

S Define up to 12 events per day.
S Each day can have its own unique schedule.
S Copy and paste schedules to other days of the week.
S Scheduled events cannot cross over to the next day.
Creating a Schedule of events is a 3-step process

Step 1: Access the Scheduler and verify that the system date, time and day
of week are correct.

Step 2: Define the first work day of the week that you want to start
scheduling events.

Step 3: Switch On the Scheduler control.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-29

Step 1: Access the Scheduler and verify that the system date, time and
day of week are correct

System Done

Formats/Units Password Home

Scheduler: Data/Time/Day Settings

Cancel
Date/Time Select
Display
Display day to edit:
03/20/2012 4:40 PM Home
Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

Service Interval Administration

Administration
500 hours

Scheduler Language
Language
English
Current System Date: 03/20/2012
Change Date
Current System Time: 16:40
Current System Day: Tuesday

Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Scheduler.
3. From the bottom section, make sure the Current System Date, Time and
Day are correct.
S If the Date and Time are incorrect, touch Change Date and enter the
correct information.
S If the Day is incorrect, touch the appropriate day of the week button.
4. From the top section, touch the day of the week button that you want to
schedule events. It is recommended that you start with the first working
day of the week, for example Monday, and work forward. You can only
copy/paste schedules from one day to the next, not backwards.
5. Proceed to the step 2.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-30 Advanced Melter Configuration

Step 2: Define the first work day of the week that you want to start
scheduling event

Scheduler: Monday
Next Day
Add Heat Event Add Standby Event
Cancel

Cancel
Add Heat Event Done
Heat 6:30 18:00
Cancel

Standby 10:00
Turn Heaters
10:25
On:
Home
6:30
Standby 15:00 15:25

Turn Heaters Off:

18:00

1. Do the following to continue:

Touch Description
Enter the time when you want the heaters to switch On and Off.
Add Heat Event Typically, you would have only one heat event per day.

Enter the time when you want the system to enter, then exit Standby
Add Standby Event Mode.
You can include multiple Standby events to include lunch breaks, shift
changes and so on.

To remove the event.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-31

2. Do you want to copy this exact schedule to the other days of the week?
If…. Then
Yes
a. Touch to copy the schedule into memory.

b. Touch Next Day.

c. Touch to paste the schedule to the day you want.

d. Repeat steps b and c until you are done. Proceed to Step 3.

No a. Touch Next Day to configure a different schedule.
b. Touch Done. Proceed to Step 3

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-32 Advanced Melter Configuration

Step 3: Switch On the Master Scheduler Control

Hopper Reservoir Zone 1A Zone 1B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Master
Controls
Zone 2A Zone 2B Zone 3A Zone 3B
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Zone 4A Zone 4B Zone 5A Zone 5B

Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C Master Set
Set Point: 175_C Controls
Point: 175_C
175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C Done

Zone 6A Zone 6B Zone 7A Zone 7B

Set Point: 175_C
Heater Contro
Set Point: 175_C
l
Set Point: 175_C Set Point: 175_C
Pump Control

175_C 175_C 175_C 175_C

Heaters: On Pumps: On

Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1 Pump 1

Manual Manual Standby Manual GLT Scheduler
Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 45 RPM Set Point: 65 RPM
45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM 45 RPM
Standby: Off Scheduler: Off
Heaters: On Melter Status: Recipes
Pump: On
SMALL SIZE
Password: Disabled Ready\OK

Settings System

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch the Scheduler button to switch it On.
3. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-33

Administrative Options and Settings

The following sections detail the following:

S Managing recipes
S Viewing the event log
S Resetting to System Defaults
S Resetting password level codes
S Viewing firmware version information
S Viewing heaters On hours
S Locking out melter communication
S Changing RTD types

Accessing Administration Settings and Options

System Done

Formats/Units Password Home

Administration
Done
Date/Time
Date/Time Display

System Reset Recipes 03/20/2012

03/20/2012 4:40
4:40PM
Home PM

Service
ServiceInterval
Interval Administration

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options 500

500hours
hours

Scheduler
Scheduler Language

Reset Password Lockout Communications English

Off
Off

Hours Heaters On: 770

Firmware Version: 4.40
Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch the System, then Administration.

Refer to the following sections for more information.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-34 Advanced Melter Configuration

Upgrading Software and Firmware

Upgrades typically include changes to both the CPU software and Motor
Control Board firmware.

Internal
SD Card

Customer
SD Card

Figure 6-9 Location of the Customer and Internal SD Cards.

1. Switch the melter off, and disconnect the electrical power to the melter at
the local power source. Disassemble the front, to access the CPU board.
2. Remove the Customer SD card, and using a PC, copy the *.dat file to the
root of the SD Card. Refer to Figure 6‐9.
3. Replace the Customer SD Card, close and reassemble the front.
Reconnect power and switch On the melter. Refer to Figure 6‐10.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-35

Starting

Entering Flash
Loader Version: 01.05
Found Upgrade File
Updating Firmware
Percent Complete: 40

Figure 6‐10 The upgrade process.

4. Replace the Customer SD Card, close and reassemble the front.

Reconnect power and switch On the melter. Refer to Figure 6‐10.
5. The system automatically detects a new *.dat file and does the following:
S A copy of the current *.dat file is copied into the \backup directory on
the SD Card.
S The CPU board is upgraded first, followed by the Motor Control
board(s).
S The entire upgrade process should take approximately 10 minutes.
When done, the software automatically reboots the melter. The
upgrade is complete.
NOTE: It is recommended that you copy and rename the *.dat file,
appending the current date in case you want to revert back a different
software\firmware version.

NOTE: It is also recommended that you copy the *.dat files to another back
storage media in case the SD card is damaged.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-36 Advanced Melter Configuration

Reverting back to a Previous Version

As part of the upgrade process, the current *.dat file is automatically copied
into the \backup directory of the Customer SD Card.

1. Follow the same upgrading steps 1 and 2.

2. Using your PC, do the following:
S Navigate to the \backup directory and copy the *.dat file you want.
S Navigate to the root of the SD Card and paste the *.dat file.
S If you previously renamed the *.dat file, then you must change it back
to its original name.
3. Follow the same upgrading steps 4 and 5.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-37

Managing Recipes
Use recipes to save production settings, such as zones and pump settings,
as well as other melter settings including scheduled events, and security
settings, to a file that you can use, modify and delete.

NOTE:
S You can share recipes with other AltaBlue™ Touch Adhesive Melters.
S Recipes are stored on the Customer SD Card. Refer to Figure 6‐9.
S Refer to table 6‐1 for more information about what is saved to a
recipe.
S The melter retains the settings of the previously loaded recipe, even if
you delete or decide not to make use of a recipe.

Accessing the Recipes Screen

You can access the Recipes screen by doing one of the following:

S From the Operator Display, touch Recipes.

‐ Refer to Figure 6‐11.
S From the Master Controls | System | Administration, touch Recipes.
‐ Refer to Figure 6‐12.

Recipes
Nothing Loaded

Displays the name of the currently

loaded recipe, otherwise displays: Touch here to access the Recipes screen
Recipes
Nothing Loaded

Figure 6‐11 Accessing Recipes from the Operator Display

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-38 Advanced Melter Configuration

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

Recipes
Next
Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options
Cancel

Load or Delete
a Recipe Reset Password Home Lockout Communications
Off
Do not use a Recipe
Hours Heaters On: 770
Firmware Version: 4.40
Save Recipe Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Figure 6‐12 Accessing Recipes from the Master Controls | Administration screen
1. Access the Recipes screen.
2. Decide what you want to do and touch Next to continue.
Task Touch Description
Load a recipe Select an existing recipe you want use.
Touch Load to continue.
Delete a recipe Load or Delete a Select an existing recipe you no longer want to use.
Recipe Touch Delete to continue.
NOTE: The melter retains the settings of the previously
loaded recipe.
Unload and/or not Unloads the currently loaded recipe.
make use of any Select this option when troubleshooting or performing
recipe maintenance on the melter.
Do not use a
Recipe NOTE: The melter retains the settings of the previously
loaded recipe.
Create a new Do the following:
recipe 1 Configure and test melter settings until it meets your
manufacturing requirements.
2 Access the Recipes screen, touch Save Recipe and
Save Recipe enter an easily identifiable recipe name.
Modify an existing NOTES:
recipe
S To update the settings of the recipe, enter the exact
same recipe name.
S The system unloads the currently loaded recipe, then
saves the new settings and automatically loads it.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-39

What's Being Saved in a Recipe

The following highlights what a recipe is saving to a file.

Table 6‐1 Recipe Details

General Information Administration Information
S Software Version S Service Alerts (enabled or disabled)
S Language S Service Interval value
S Date, Time, Temp and Pressure format S RTD Type value
S Under and Over Temperature threshold values S Scheduler (enabled or disabled)
S Configuration settings for standard and expanded Settings and events for each day of the week
Inputs and Outputs S Selected password level
S Numeric password code for each password
level
S Password Timeout value
Temperature Information Zone Information
S Standby Temperature S Zone (enabled or disabled)
S Standby (enabled or disabled) S Default and user-defined names
S Auto Exit Standby (enabled or disabled) S Set Point values
S Auto Exit Standby Time value S PID values
S Auto Heaters Off Time value
S Auto Standby Time value
Pump Information Flow and Pressure Information
S Pump (enabled or disabled) NOTE: Requires additional hardware.
S Default and user-defined names S Pressure and flow channel default and user
defined names
S Auto Pump On (enabled or disabled)
S Number of installed Motor Control Boards
S Specific Pressure and/or Flow configuration
settings
S Remote Pump (enabled or disabled)
S PID values
S Specific pump operation mode settings
S Flow/Pressure Alarm (enabled or disabled)
S Alarm settings
S Pressure Build (enabled or disabled)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-40 Advanced Melter Configuration

Viewing the Event Log - Save Diagnostics

Use the event log to view a list of up to 200 of the most recent fault, alert, and
parameter change events. You can save those events from memory to the
Internal SD card. Refer to Figure 6‐9. The default file name is EventLog.xml.

Additionally, a Diagnosticsfile.xml, file is also written to the SD card. This file

contains, detailed melter information. The information contained in both files
can help Nordson technical support troubleshoot your issue.

NOTES:

S The system writes the entire event log to the SD card, regardless of
what level of detail you selected.
S The event log can display up to 200 events, after which the oldest
event is overwritten with new events.
S You cannot clear nor change the name of either file.

Display/Save Diagnostics
Next
Recipes

Complete Event Done

Display/Save Diagnostics Back
Log
RTD Options
05/04/12 11:52:20 Event Ready enter
Done
Faults Only Source: System Status: OK
Zone/Parameter: 0 Zone/Sub-code: 0
Lockout Communications Save File
05/04/12 11:50:50 Event Ready enter
Alerts Only
Source: System Status: OK Home
Hours Heaters OnZone/Parameter: 0 Zone/Sub-code: 0
10.0797 770 hours
Parameter/Set05/04/12
Point 11:40:03 Event Zone control off
Changes Source: HMI Status: OK
Zone/Parameter: 17 Zone/Sub-code: 0
Old value: 1 New value: 0

05/04/12 11:34:29 Event Ready enter

Source: System Status: OK
Zone/Parameter: 0 Zone/Sub-code: 0

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch Settings button, then Administration.
3. Touch Display/Save Diagnostics and select which level of detail you
want to view.
4. Touch Next to continue.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-41

5. Decide what you want to do next.

Touch Description
Back Select a different event log option to view.
Done Exit the event log.
Save File Save both the event log and the diagnostic file to
the Internal SD card. Refer to Figure 6‐9.
Touch this button only one-time. Depending on the
number of events in the log, this can take a few
minutes.
When done, the Attention message appears,
indicating The diagnostics file was saved to the SD
Card.
The default names are:
EventLog.xml
Diagnosticsfile.xml

6. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-42 Advanced Melter Configuration

Resetting to System Defaults

Use system reset to revert all user definable software settings back to factory
defaults.

NOTES:

S Recipes and event log information are stored on the customer

supplied SD card, and are therefore NOT deleted or changed.
S Use a recipe to restore melter settings.

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options

Reset Password Lockout Communications Confirm

Off

Hours Heaters On: 770

Are you sure you want to revert back to factory
Firmware Version: 4.40
settings?
Are1 firmware
Motor Board you sure you2.2want
to revert back to factory settings?
version:
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Yes No

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Administration.
3. Touch System Reset. A pop-up message appears.
4. Touch Yes to revert all user definable settings back to factory defaults.
5. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-43

Resetting Password Codes

Use Reset Password to revert all 3 levels of password codes back to their
default codes.

The following are the default password level numeric codes:

Level # Default Code Notes

1 1000 S Cannot start with the number 0 (zero).

2 2000 S Can be one up to five numbers long.

S The largest 5 digit number is 65535.
3 3000
S Each level must have a unique numeric code.

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options

Reset Password Lockout Communications Confirm

Off

Hours Heaters On: 770

Are you sure you want to reset all passwords to
Firmware Version: 4.40
factory default?
Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Yes No

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Administration.
3. Touch Reset Password. A pop-up message appears.
4. Touch Yes to revert all three password level codes to their default values.
5. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-44 Advanced Melter Configuration

Viewing Software Version and Heater On Hours

Access the Administration screen to view:

S Firmware Version
S Hours Heaters On

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options

Reset Password Lockout Communications

Off

Hours Heaters On: 770

Firmware Version: 4.40
Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Administration.
3. Look at the Firmware Version and/or Hours Heaters On button for
more information.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-45

Locking Out Communications

Use Lockout Communication to prevent remote access to the melter while
you are troubleshooting or performing maintenance on the melter.

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options

Reset Password Lockout Communications

Off

Hours Heaters On: 770

Firmware Version: 4.40
Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System, then Administration.
3. Touch the Lockout Communication button to toggle it On or Off.
4. Touch Done.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-46 Advanced Melter Configuration

Changing RTD Types

You must let the software know when you change RTD types, otherwise the
software may display erroneous data and system messages.

Default Available Options

NI120 S NI120
S PT100

Administration
Done

System Reset Recipes Home

RTD Options Done

Display/Save Diagnostics RTD Options

Home

NI120 Reset Password Lockout Communications

Off

PT100 Hours Heaters On: 770

Firmware Version: 4.40
Motor Board 1 firmware version: 2.2
Motor Board 1 firmware version: -

Master
Controls
1. Access the Operator Display and touch
2. Touch System button, then Administration.
3. Touch RTD Options and select the appropriate installed RTD type.
4. Touch Done.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-47

Default User Settings and Ranges

The following details default settings and ranges for user definable melter,
temperature, pump and melter settings.

Temperature Settings
Setting Default Range/Option
External Zones Set Point 175_C (350_F) Minimum: 40_C (100_F)
Maximum: 230_C (450_F)
Internal Zones Set Point 172_C (341_F) Minimum: 40_C (100_F)
Maximum: 230_C (450_F)
Global Set Point 175_C (350_F) Minimum: 40_C (100_F)
Maximum: 230_C (450_F)
Over Temp: 15_C (25_F) Minimum: 5_C (10_F)
Temperature Limits Maximum: 60_C (110_F)
Under Temp: 25_C (50_F) Minimum: 5_C (10_F)
Maximum: 60_C (110_F)
Ready Delay 60 minutes Minimum: 0 minutes
Maximum: 60 minutes
Automatic Standby Disabled Enabled
Disabled
Auto Standby Start Time 0 minutes Minimum: 0 minutes
Maximum: 1,440 minutes
Auto Heaters Off Time in Auto 60 minutes Minimum: 0 minutes
Standby Mode Maximum: 1,440 minutes
Auto Exit Standby Time Disabled Enabled
Disabled
Auto Exit Heaters Off Time in 0 minutes Minimum: 0 minutes
Auto Manual Mode Maximum: 180 minutes
Standby Temp 50_C (100_F) Minimum: 5_C (10_F)
Maximum: 60_C (110_F)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-48 Advanced Melter Configuration

Pump Settings
Setting Default Range/Option
Operation Mode Manual Manual
Gear-to-Line
* Pressure Control
* Flow Control
NOTE: *Requires additional
hardware
Pump RPM 0 Minimum: 0 RPM
Maximum: 94 RPM
Auto Pump Off Pumps 1-4
Remote Control None set Off
On

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Advanced Melter Configuration 6-49

Melter Settings
Setting Default Range/Option
Service Interval 500 hours Minimum: 0 hours
Maximum: 8760 hours
Scheduler No events defined Minimum: 2 events per day
Maximum: 12 events per day
Password Protection No Password Protection High
Medium
Low
No Password Protection
Password Level Codes Level 1: 1000 Minimum: 1
Level 2: 2000 Maximum: 65535
Level 3: 3000 NOTE: Code levels must be
unique.
Password Timeout 1 minute Minimum: 1
Maximum: 60
Display Brightness/Contrast 75% | 75% Minimum: 30%
Maximum: 100%
Display Screen Saver Delay 1 minute Minimum: 1 minute
Maximum: 120 minutes
RTD Options NI120 NI120
PT100
Lockout Communications Off Off
On
Inputs/Outputs
Inputs Inputs: Disabled
#1: Automatic Standby Standby
#2: Standby Heater Control
#3: Heater Control Pump (Control)
#4: External Zone # A/B External Zone # A/B
Automatic Standby (Available
only for Input #1
Outputs Outputs: Disabled
#1: Ready Ready
#2: Fault Ready-Pump On
#3: Tank Low Fault
Tank Low
Alert
Service Reminder

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

6-50 Advanced Melter Configuration

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-1

Section 7
Service

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

Maintenance is an important preventive measure for maintaining operating

safety and extending the lifetime of the unit. It should not be neglected under
any circumstances.

Relieving System Pressure

WARNING! System and material pressurized. Relieve system of pressure
before disconnecting hoses, applicators and hot melt handapplicators.
Failure to observe can result in serious burns.

Through the Applicators

1. Disable the motor(s).
2. Place a container under the nozzle(s) of the applicator/assembly
handapplicator.
3. Activate the solenoid valve(s) electrically or manually; or, pull the trigger
of the assembly handapplicator. Repeat this procedure until no more
material flows out.
4. Re‐use the material or properly dispose of it according to local
regulations.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-2 Service

Through the Melter Drain Valves

1. Disable the motor(s).
2. Place a container under the drain valve ports located on the bottom of the
manifold.
3. Open all the drain valves. Adhesive will drain from the valves.
4. When adhesive stops draining, close the drain valves.
5. Re‐use the material or properly dispose of it according to local
regulations.

Figure 7-1 Location of the melter drain valves

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-3

Preventive Maintenance Schedule

The maintenance intervals are general guidelines based on experience.
Depending on the operating environment, production conditions and melter
hours of operation, other scheduled maintenance tasks may prove
necessary.

Melter part Activity Interval Refer To

Complete melter External cleaning Daily External Cleaning
Inspect for external Daily
damage
Purge with cleaning agent When material is changed Changing the
Material Type
Fan and air filter Check filter, clean or Depending on dust accumulation; Fan and Air Filter
replace if necessary daily if necessary
Clean fan screen
Power cable Inspect for damage Every time the melter is serviced
Air hoses Inspect for damage Every time the melter is serviced
Pump Tighten the gland bolt (if After initial startup Pump
present)
Check for leakage, tighten Dependent on hours of operation,
gland bolt (if present) if pump speed and pump temperature
necessary Recommendation: Monthly
Tighten fixing screws Every 500 hours of operation
Motor / gear box / coupling Clean fan cover Depending on dust accumulation; Motor and Gear
daily if necessary Box
Change lubricant Every 15000 hours of operation or
every 2 to 3 years
Pressure control valve Disassemble and clean Every six months Pressure Control
Valve
Filter cartridge Replace filter cartridge Depending on degree of material Filter Cartridge
Disassemble and clean pollution
filter cartridge Recommendation: Every 1000
hours of operation
Tank Clean tank by hand When there is material residue in Cleaning the Tank
tank
Tighten fixing screws Every 500 hours of operation

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-4 Service

Locking Out the Motor Drives

To perform some troubleshooting and repair activities, the main power to the
melter needs to be on and/or the melter needs to be at application
temperature. To prevent injury, the optional motion switch can be used to
lock out the motor drives while leaving the main power on.

To lock out the motor drives but leave the main power on, place the motion
switch in the OFF position. The main power to the melter will remain on and
the melter will stay at application temperature.

Location of the optional motion

switch

External Cleaning
CAUTION! Do not damage or remove safety labels. Damaged or removed
safety labels must be replaced by new ones.

S Remove material residue only with a cleaning agent recommended by

the material supplier. Heat with an air heater if necessary.
S Remove dust, flakes, etc. with a vacuum cleaner or a soft cloth.
S Nordson recommends the orange cleaning agent, P/N 771192 (12 spray
bottles, 0.5 l each).

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-5

Changing the Material Type

1. Run the melter until empty.
2. Determine whether the new material may be mixed with the old material.
S May be mixed: Remaining old material can be flushed out using the
new material.
S May not be mixed: Thoroughly purge the unit with a cleaning agent
recommended by the material supplier.
NOTE: Properly dispose of the old material according to local regulations.

Detaching the Exterior Panels

Open the protective panels with a 4 mm Allen key.

On the inside

Fan and Air Filter

The air filters must be cleaned (knocked out) or replaced, depending on dust
accumulation.

Refer to Section 9, Parts, for the filter part number.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-6 Service

Motor and Gear Box

Changing the Motor Lubricant
Remove the gear motor assembly from the melter.

S Use only the stated lubricant or one that has proven to be equivalent
(refer to Lubricant Selection). Using any other lubricant can result in
premature wear and/or damage to the gear box.
S Drain lubricant when warm.
S Properly dispose of the old lubricant according to local regulations.

CAUTION! Never mix different types of lubricants.

Lubricant Changing Interval

Operating temperature < 100 _C / 212 _F:
Every 15000 hours of operation or at least every 4 years.

Lubricant Capacity
Ensure that the upper gears and rolling bearings are properly lubricated.

Lubricant Selection

Lubricant manufacturer Mineral oil CLP 220

AGIP Blasia 220
ARAL Degol BMB 220 or Degol BG 220
BP Energol GR-XP 220
DEA Falcon CLP 220
ESSO Spartan EP 220 or GP 90
KLÜBER Klüberoil GEM 1-220
OPTIMOL Optigear 220
SHELL Omala Oil 220
TEXACO Geartex EP-A SAE 85 W-90

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-7

Replacing a Motor or Coupling

Follow this procedure to replace a motor or coupling. You will need the
following items:
S appropriate tools
S replacement motor or coupling
S anti‐seize lubricant (if needed)
1. Disconnect and lock out electrical power to the melter.
2. Remove the hydraulic side covers and the left and right control cabinet
side covers. Refer to Detaching the Exterior Panels earlier in this section
as needed.
3. Disconnect the motor cable wires, noting their terminal positions.
4. See Figure 7‐2. Loosen the screws that secure the motor to the base of
the melter and then slide the motor back.
5. Slide the coupling sleeve (2) off of the coupling hubs (1 and 3), loosen
the hub set screws, and remove the hubs.

Adjustable

Figure 7-2 Coupling assembly components

1 Motor coupling hub 3 Pump coupling hub
2 Coupling sleeve

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-8 Service

Replacing a Motor or Coupling (contd)

6. Remove the protective coating from the new motor shaft, slide the
replacement (if applicable) motor coupling hub onto the motor shaft, and
tighten the hub set screws.
7. Install the replacement (if applicable) pump coupling hub on the pump
shaft, ensure that it is flush with the pump shaft, adjust the motor shaft to
align and tighten the hub set screws.
8. Loosely install the replacement motor assembly and slide the assembly,
including the motor coupling hub and sleeve, toward the pump until the
coupling sleeve engages with pump coupling hub.
9. Ensure that the coupling sleeve cannot move, then slide the motor
assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.), as indicated in Figure 7‐3.

Figure 7-3 Moving the motor assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.)

10. Tighten the screws that secure the motor to the base of the melter
11. To ensure proper motor and pump shaft alignment, ensure that you can
freely slide the coupling sleeve back and forth by about 4 mm (0.16 in.)
each way.
12. Reconnect the motor cable wires to the same terminals from which they
were disconnected.
13. Reinstall the melter covers and restore the system to normal operation.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-9

Pump
Tightening the Pump Screws
1. Ensure that the melter is turned off and that power has been
disconnected and locked out.
2. Ensure that the melter, tank, manifold, and pump are cold.
3. See Figure 7‐4. Tighten the screws to 25 NSm (222 in.‐lb).

Figure 7-4 Tightening the pump screws

4. Restore the system to normal operation.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-10 Service

Tightening the Pump Gland Bolt

NOTE: This procedure applies only to pumps with a gland bolt.

On pumps with a gland bolt, adhesive may leak from the self‐sealing pump
shaft packing at regular intervals. When leakage occurs, tighten the pump
gland bolt.

1. Heat the pump to application temperature using a heated air blower.

2. See Figure 7‐5. Using a 24‐mm short‐handle, open‐end wrench (with a
15‐degree offset), tighten the pump gland bolt approximately 1/4 of a turn
Pump gland bolt
clockwise (in the direction of pump rotation). When the bolt can no longer
be tightened, replace the pump.
3. Restore the system to normal operation.

Figure 7-5 Tightening the pump gland bolt (clockwise)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-11

Replacing a Pump
Follow this procedure to replace a pump. You will need the following items:
S tool kit, including a torque wrench
S drain pan
S cleaning supplies
S replacement pump
S replacement pump O‐rings
S O‐ring lubricant
S anti‐seize lubricant
NOTE: To rebuild a pump, contact your Nordson representative for
assistance.
1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.
3. See Figure 7‐6. Close the tank isolation valve.

Figure 7-6 Location of the tank isolation valve

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-12 Service

Replacing a Pump (contd)

4. Remove the hydraulic side covers. Refer to Detaching the Exterior
Panels earlier in this section as needed.
5. Place a drain pan under the pump.
6. See Figure 7‐7. Loosen the screws that secure the motor to the base of
the melter and then slide the motor back.
7. Slide the coupling sleeve (2) off of the coupling hubs (1 and 3), loosen
the pump coupling hub set screws, and remove the pump coupling hub.

Adjustable

Figure 7-7 Coupling assembly components

1 Motor coupling hub 3 Pump coupling hub
2 Coupling sleeve

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-13

8. See Figure 7‐8. Remove the pump screws (3) and then remove the pump
(2) and O‐rings (1).

1
3 2

1 2
440300046

Figure 7-8 Replacing a pump (single-stream and dual-stream pumps shown)

1 O‐rings 2 Pump 3 Pump screw

9. Clean the surface of the manifold where the pump mates to it.
10. Allow the melter to cool to room temperature.
11. Install the pump coupling hub on the pump shaft, ensure that it is flush
with the pump shaft, adjust the motor shaft to align and tighten the hub
set screws.
12. Apply O‐ring lubricant to new pump O‐rings and install them on the pump.
13. Apply anti‐seize lubricant to the pump screws and secure the new pump
to the manifold with the screws. Use a torque wrench to tighten the
screws in a criss‐cross manner to 25NSm(222 in.‐lb).

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-14 Service

Replacing a Pump (contd)

14. Slide motor assembly, including the motor coupling hub and sleeve,
toward the pump until the coupling sleeve engages with pump coupling
hub.
15. Ensure that the coupling sleeve cannot move, then slide the motor
assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.), as indicated in Figure 7‐9.

Figure 7-9 Moving the motor assembly back 4 mm (0.16 in.)

16. Tighten the screws that secure the motor to the base of the melter
17. To ensure proper motor and pump shaft alignment, verify that you can
freely slide the coupling sleeve back and forth by about 4 mm (0.16 in.)
each way.
18. Restore the system to normal operation.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-15

Filter Cartridge
To replace the filter cartridge
1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.

M10

SW 24

3. Apply high temperature grease to all threads and O‐rings.

4. Insert the filter cartridge and tighten it to approximately 15 NSm
(133in.‐lb).
5. Feed material by allowing the pump to run until the material comes out of
the hose connection or applicator free of bubbles.
6. Properly dispose of material according to local regulations.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-16 Service

Filter Service Kit (Until Week 17/2012)

Each kit contains three O‐rings, filter sheath, filter screen and
high‐temperature grease.

Service Kit, for P/N refer to Section 9, Parts.

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 24 and size 13
1. Disassemble the hot filter cartridge (material must be fluid).

Size 24
2

2 2. Replace filter sheath (1), O-rings (2) and filter screen (3).

1
3. Clean all other parts.

4. Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.

Size 13
2

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-17

Filter Service Kit (After Week 17/2012)

Each kit contains four O‐rings, filter sheath, filter screen and
high‐temperature grease.

Service Kit, for P/N refer to Section 9, Parts.

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 22, 24, and 46.
1. Disassemble the hot filter cartridge (material must be fluid).

2. Replace filter sheath (5), O−rings (2,3,8) and filter screen (6).

3. Clean all other parts.

4. Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-18 Service

Pressure Control Valve

To replace the pressure control valve

Figure 7-10 Pressure control valve set screw insertion depth

NOTE: Screw in only when valve and pump are warm and material is soft.
1. Ensure the melter is at operating temperature.
2. Relieve system pressure. Refer to Section 1, Safety.
3. Measure and make a note of the insertion depth of the set screw
(dimension X). This way the insertion depth can be replicated after
reassembly.
4. To prevent adhesive from leaking into the valve bore, drain the tank.
Refer to Draining Material from the Tank later in this section as needed.
5. Remove the old pressure control valve.
6. Apply high temperature grease to all threads and O‐rings.
7. Slide the valve into the hole and tighten with torque wrench
(15 NSm / 133 in.‐lb).
8. Adjust the setting screw to the recorded dimension X.
S Turning to the right increases material pressure.
− +
S Turning to the left decreases material pressure.

Adjusting the set screw

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-19

Pressure/Circulation Control Valve Service Kit

Each kit contains two O‐rings and high‐temperature grease.

Service kit P/N: 394600

Required tools:
Open-jawed wrench, size 24
Pliers
Torque wrench
1. Heat melter to operating temperature.

WARNING: Hot! Risk of burns. Wear appropriate protective

clothing/equipment.

2. Relieve melter pressure.

3. Measure insertion depth. Refer to Pressure Control Valve.
4. Use an open-jawed wrench to screw out the pressure control valve, then extract with
pliers.
5. Remove old O-rings and disassemble and clean pressure control valve. Refer to
Section 9, Parts, for a detailed drawing.
NOTE: Disassemble valve only when warm.
6. Install new O-rings. Apply grease to all threads and O-rings.
7. Guide pressure control valve into the hole when the melter is warm and tighten with a
torque wrench.
Starting torque: 15 NSm (133 in.-lb)
8. Adjust set screw. Refer to Pressure Control Valve.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-20 Service

Cleaning the Tank

Draining Material from the Tank
Pump material out of the melter.

CAUTION! Do not feed charred material though the applicator. Particles can
block the applicator. Instead unscrew hose.

Cleaning the Tank by Hand

Cold material can usually be peeled off of the sides of the tank. If necessary,
first heat tank to material softening temperature, usually approximately
70 ° C / 158 ° F.

NOTE: The inside of the tank is release coated. Do not use metallic tools to
clean. Do not use wire brushes! This could damage the release coating.

Tightening the Fixing Screws

Heating and cooling that occurs during daily operation can cause the fixing
screws to loosen. Tighten screws as indicated in the table below.

NOTE: Tighten fixing screws only using a torque wrench and when the
melter is cold.

Connection Thread Torque

Tank/reservoir M6 6−8 NSm / 53−71 in.-lb
Manifold/reservoir (high melt) M8 5−7 NSm / 44−62 in.-lb

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-21

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-22 Service

Main PCA Board

To replace the main PCA board
1. Disconnect power to the melter at the local disconnect switch.
2. Switch the melter off.
3. See Figure 7‐11. Open the electrical enclosure access panel and locate
the main PCA board.

Figure 7-11 Location of the main PCA board

4. Disconnect all of the power and control cables from the board.
5. Remove the four fastening screws that hold the board on the mounting
studs and then remove the board.
NOTE: Before installing the new board, you must ensure that the board
is properly configured for the type of temperature sensors present on the
melter. If the melter uses 100‐ohm platinum sensors, the jumpers
connected to the JP1 terminal on the old board must be removed and
then installed on the new board. Figure 7‐12 shows the location of
terminal JP1 on the main PCA board. Figures 7‐13 and 7‐14 show the
jumpers installed and not installed, as appropriate for each type of melter.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-23

+ C35
RV 13
RV 12
RV 10

RV 11
C10
RV 9

RV 7
C8
C3
C4
C9

C5
C56

C36
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29

R95
C30

R71
C44 R85 R81
R93 R5
R19 R17 RV 6 R20

C55
R80 R86
C50 C43 C1 R18
U16

R82
C54
R79
R26 R22 J1

R90
Q22
D17 R84 C60C53 XP5
1
RN4RN6 C31 Q20 C21 C2233 51
C20
L1 R63 R15 JP1
R121

R88
C74
HSNK1 RN3 R101 6 2
D16 C58 Q19
U2

RN2 RN1

RN9
+ U3

C75
D3 C7 RN10 R99

RN7
C45 C46 Q18
RN5

C37

C18
C42 C47 U7 R119
U4 Q17
C41

C6
U14 R120
T1

RN11

C19
DS4
R96

+
R72

L4

U1
L3

XP6 JP2
U17 C17

R87
RV 8 R134 R135
U5

R77
C12 C16 C15
C63
+
DS15R89

R124
C52 ++ D8
F4 R92 C66 D4
+
D18 Q26 R127 D6
2A R91 R133 DS17
C48 C49 C57 R129 C2
D1 D7 R4 RV 5

R33
F3 K1 L2 R128
2A
R122 R3 C11
D2 R1 R2 RV 4

+
XT1 DS16
R38 C76
D12 D10 D11 J2 1 D14
XP4
Q13 R130 C51
U22 C771

C40 R67
R45 R44 RV 3

C65

R75 U12 U23

R131 R132 C59 U25

+
C64 R46 R43 C78
XP1

XP2
R100
C84
C83

R68
R66
C61 R76U21

C32
R123

U26
R102 X6 R136 U9 R73
R69

D5 R74

+
C82
C80
R83 RV 1
R37 C62
F1 X7
F2 XP3
10A
10A
F6 F5 F11 F7
Q24 C39 1
6.3A 6.3A U24 R40 RV 2
R41
5A 5A F9 DS14 R42 R39 C67
F12 F8 F10

R114
R115
6.3A
6.3A 6.3A 6.3A R116
U15 Q14
DS10
R6
R8

R9

R59
R60
DS3 DS2
R57
R7

R16

R12

R13
R10
R11

R14 DS7 DS5 DS6

U18 Q16
12 12 DS11

R78
3 3 R94
X4 X5 U13 Q7
X1 DS9
R64

X2
R54
R53

X3 R51
1 1 U10 Q5
DS8
1

R35
1

U19 Q12
DS12
R48
R47
R113

R56

R62

R34

R97

R98
R50

R105
R112
R108
R117

R58

R65

R52

R36

R106
R110

C79 C70 C71

C69 C68 C72
C73 Q9
R109
R118

U20
R55

R49

R111
R70
R61

DS13
R107
R103

R104

Q25 Q15 Q23 Q8 Q6 Q10 Q11

Figure 7-12 Location of the JP1 terminal on the main PCA board

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-24 Service

Main PCA Board (contd)

6. If 100‐ohm platinum sensors are present on the melter:
a. Go to System>Administration>RTD Options and select Pt100.
NOTE: For 120‐ohm nickel melters, temperature sensor jumpers are
not required in this location, as shown in Figure 7‐14.
b. Locate the JP1 terminal on the replacement board.
c. Install one of the jumpers removed from the old board between
terminals 1 and 2.
d. Install the second jumper between terminals 5 and 6. Figure 7‐13
shows the jumpers installed.

Figure 7-13 100-ohm platinum melter—jumpers installed

Figure 7-14 120-ohm nickel melter—no jumpers installed

7. Install the replacement board inside the melter electrical enclosure using
the fastening screws removed previously.
8. Reconnect all of the power and control cables to the replacement board
and close the electrical access panel.
9. Restore power to the melter and switch the melter on. Verify that the
melter starts normally.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Service 7-25

Maintenance Record Form

Melter part Date / Name Date / Name Date / Name
Pump

Motor / gear box

Fixing screws on pump and

tank

Air filter

Tank

Pressure control valve

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

7-26 Service

Filter cartridge

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-1

Section 8
Troubleshooting

WARNING! Allow only qualified personnel to perform the following tasks.

Follow the safety instructions in this document and all other related
documentation.

WARNING! Troubleshooting activities may sometimes have to be carried out

when the melter is energized. Observe all safety instructions and regulations
concerning energized unit components (active parts). Failure to observe may
result in an electric shock.

Safety
S Never disconnect cables from, or reconnect cables to, the main board
while the melter is energized.
S Before breaking any hydraulic connection, always relieve system
pressure. Refer to Relieving System Pressure in Section 7, Service.
S Refer to the safety information provided with optional equipment.
S If the melter is removed from its sub‐base for diagnostic checks or
service, ensure that the ground lead between the chassis and the
sub‐base is re‐attached when the melter is reconnected to the sub‐base.
NOTE: Refer to Administrative Options and Settings located in Chapter 6 of
this manual.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-2 Troubleshooting

Touch Screen Alerts and Faults

The Nordson AltaBlue Touch Adhesive melter diagnoses many alert and
fault conditions that may occur during operation. An “alert” condition is a
situation in which a potential problem may be occurring with the melter,
pump, applicator or hose. The melter will operate under an “alert” condition
unless the problem goes unresolved, at which point the melter will go into a
“fault” condition, during which the melter will shut down until the problem is
resolved.

Refer to the appropriate table for more information.

About Touch Screen Messages

Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults

Table 8-1 Pump and Zone Alerts/Faults

Screen Message Affect on Melter Cause Corrective Action(s)
Internal or External
Temperature for Check for conditions that may
The actual temperature of the
[ZoneName] has cause a drop in ambient
component has dropped below
dropped below Alert condition - an temperature or replace the
the set temperature limit.
defined setpoint issue has been component.
threshold detected. The
melter continues to
Internal or External operate normally. The actual temperature of the Check for conditions that may
Temperature for Fault condition - if component has risen above the cause an increase in ambient
[ZoneName] has the issue is not set temperature limit. temperature or replace the
risen above defined resolved within 2 component.
setpoint threshold minutes of the alert
message, the
Internal or External master pump and The RTD for the component Check the connections, or
Short RTD on heaters are switched indicated has failed or the replace the RTD.
[ZoneName] off. Melter stops component was disconnected
functioning. from the melter.
Internal or External
Open RTD on
[ZoneName]
The melter may not Refer to Troubleshooting Pumps later in this section for more
Issue with a pump
continue to work. information.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-3

System Alerts

Table 8-2 System Alerts

Screen Message Affect on Melter Cause Corrective Action(s)
Fieldbus Fieldbus card failure. Replace the Fieldbus card
Communications
Failure.
Eight Communication failure between Replace hose/applicator board
Hose/applicator The melter main board and hose/applicator
Board Failure continues to work, board.
but some functions
may not be Communication failure between Replace motor board
Failed motor board
available. Melter CPU and the motor board
requires servicing.
NVRAM test failure Internal RAM failure Replace CPU
Communications Communication failure between Replace the I/O card or CPU
with Optional I/O CPU and the optional I/O card
Card Failure

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-4 Troubleshooting

System Faults

Table 8-3 System Faults

Screen Message Affect on Melter Cause Corrective Action(s)
Plant power dipped and came Typically nothing to address,
back up unless the system does not
Brownout operate properly, or various
messages appear. Cold
Stop/Start the melter.
Analog-to-Digital RTD analog‐to‐digital converter Replace main board or CPU
Failure failed
Failed hose or applicator Replace hose or applicator.
RTD analog‐to‐digital converter Note: Set setpoint to zero to
Analog-to-Digital avoid fault.
Failure Calibration could not be calibrated
(grounded RTD in system) Replace main board or ribbon
cable, or CPU
Communication failure between Check the ribbon cable
Expansion Board expansion board and main board connections between the
Connection Failure expansion board and the main
board.
Expansion Board Master pump and Replace the expansion board.
Failure heaters are switched
off. Melter stops
functioning Reload SD card info
User Interface Failed
Replace SD card
to Load
Replace CPU
Main Board Failure Replace the main board
RAM Failure Replace CPU
Motor Refer to “Motor Drive Faults“ later
Communication in this section for more
Failure information
Motor Thermostat Motor thermostat is open Replace thermostat
Failure
Manifold or Tank or manifold thermostat is Replace thermostat, J7 harness,
Reservoir open or main board
Thermostat Failure

Runaway fault on Temperature continues to rise Replace Hose/applicator cordset

[ZoneName] beyond set point. Replace mainboard

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-5

Motor Drive Faults

The display on the motor drive located inside the electrical enclosure alerts
the operator to abnormal motor drive/motor operation. Motor drive faults
cause the pump to stop. Refer to Table 8‐4 for the motor drive fault codes.

To clear a motor drive fault, correct the problem that caused the fault and
then remove power from the motor drive by turning the heaters off and wait
until the motor drive display is completely blank.

1
2

Figure 8-1 Motor drive power LED and display

1. Motor drive power LED (steady=OK, 2. Display
flashing=fault, off=no power)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-6 Troubleshooting

Motor Drive Faults (contd)

Table 8-4 Motor Drive Faults

Fault Code Probable Cause Corrective Action
CrF Motor drive hardware failure Replace the motor drive.
Capacitor load circuit
EEF Internal memory fault S Check the environment
EEPROM fault (electromagnetic compatibility).
S Replace the motor drive.
InF Internal fault S Check the environment
Internal fault (electromagnetic compatibility).
S Replace the motor drive.
Continued...

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-7

Table 8-4 Motor Drive Faults (contd)

Fault Code Probable Cause Corrective Action
OCF S Adhesive too cold S Verify temperature setpoints and
Overcurrent S Pump or drive failure change as needed. The temperature
setpoints should be within the range
S Foreign object in pump recommended by the material
manufacturer.
S Replace the pump or the drive
assembly.
S Replace the pump.
SCF Short‐circuit or earthing at the Check the cables between the motor
Motor short‐circuit motor drive output drive and the motor; also check the motor
insulation.
OHF Motor drive temperature too high S Check the motor load, the motor drive
Motor drive overheated ventilation, and the environment. Wait
for the motor drive to cool down
before restarting.
S Ensure that the unit ambient
temperature does not exceed 50 _C
(120 _F), that the electrical enclosure
vents are not blocked, and that the
electrical enclosure fan is operating
properly.
OLF S Material exceeds the operating S Use a material that falls within the
Motor overload viscosity range allowable viscosity range. Refer to
S Excessive motor current Section 10, Technical Data, for
viscosity ranges.
S Overpressure condition caused
by pressure control valve failure
S Check the motor load. Wait for the
motor drive to cool down before
restarting.
S If the operating hydraulic pressure
exceeds the maximum allowable
pressure, replace the pressure
control valve. Refer to Section 8,
Technical Data, for pressure ranges.
OPF Loss of one or more phases at Check the connections between the
Motor phase loss motor drive output motor drive and the motor.
OSF S Line voltage too high Check the unit input line voltage. Refer to
Section 10, Technical Data, for allowable
Overvoltage S Disturbed line supply input voltage range.
CFF Motor drive parameter(s) changed Contact your Nordson representative.
Configuration fault
USF S Line supply too low Check the unit input line voltage. Refer to
Section 10, Technical Data, for allowable
Undervoltage S Transient voltage dip input voltage range.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-8 Troubleshooting

Motor Drive Faults (contd)

5
2

8
Figure 8-2 Changing a motor drive parameter
1. Graphic display 4. RUN button 7. STOP button
2. Mode button 5. Navigation keys 8. Button for reversing motor
3. ESC button 6. ENTer button direction/rotation

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-9

Table 8-5 Motor Drive Parameter Factory Settings

Code Pr. Description Setting Note
L
drC UFt Type of voltage/frequency ratio
n SN1710 pump(s) only
SEt UFr lr Compensation/Voltage Boost 5
SEt SLP Slip compensation 35 SN1710 pump(s) only
SEt HSP High Speed 102
drC bFr Standard Motor Frequency 50
drC Uns Nominal Motor Voltage on Name Plate 230
drC FrS Nominal Motor Frequency on Name Plate 102
drC nCr Nominal Motor Current on Name Plate 2.7
drC nsP Nominal Motor Speed on Name Plate 1350
drC nrd Random Switching Frequency No
drC SFr Switching Frequency 4.0
drC tFr Maximum Output Frequency 102
1-0 tCC 2 Wire/3 Wire Control 2C
1-0 tCt Type of 2 Wire Control LEL
1-0 AOlt Configuration of Analog Output IOU
1-0 dO Analog/Logic Output OFR
1-0 r2 Relay r2 rUn
CtL Fr1 Configuration Reference 1 AI1

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-10 Troubleshooting

Troubleshooting Tables
Melter Not Functioning

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. No line voltage — Connect line voltage
2. Main power switch — Place main power switch in ON
not switched on position
3. Main power switch — Replace main power switch
defective
4. Main circuit breaker — Switch on main circuit breaker
activated
5. Main circuit breaker Check for short circuit in melter or —
activated again accessories
6. 24 VDC power supply — Replace
defective
7. Frequent melter Electromagnetic compatibility Add mains filter
shutdown disruptions

One Channel (Heating Zone) Does Not Heat

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Channel is disabled / — Enable / switch on
switched off

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-11

Troubleshooting Pump
No Material (Pump Does not Rotate)

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Melter not yet ready — Wait until the melter has heated up
for operation (heatup and the green indication lamp is lit
phase)
2. Melter at present not Material was refilled Wait until the melter has heated up
ready for operation and the green indication lamp is lit
(undertemperature
during operation)
3. Motor not enabled — Enable motor
4. Speed (rpm) not set — Set speed (rpm)
5. Standby entered — Exit or wait until standby period has
expired
6. Motor overheated Ambient temperature too high Decrease ambient temperature by
cooling or airing out
Fan cap dirty Clean
Pump blocked by foreign matter Replace pump
Pump operates too sluggish Replace pump
Material too cold Set temperature accordingly
7. Motor defective — Replace
8. Motor not supplied — Technical inspection
with voltage
9. Motor drive fault — Switch melter off and on again with
main power switch
Motor overheated See above
Motor controller overheated Decrease ambient temperature by
cooling or airing out
Clean cooling section of motor
controller
Short circuit Check motor cable
Overload (pump blocked by foreign Refer to 6.
matter, pump too sluggish, material
too cold)
10. Motor drive defective — Replace

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-12 Troubleshooting

No Material (Motor Rotating)

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank empty — Fill tank
2. Filter cartridge — Clean or replace filter screen
clogged
3. Material supply hole — Detach pump and clean supply hole
to pump or pump or suction hole
suction hole clogged
4. Pressure control — Replace pressure control valve
valve defective
5. Safety valve defective — Replace safety valve
6. Pump defective — Replace pump
7. Pressure control — Adjust pressure control valve
valve setting too low

Too Little Material

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Material supply hole — Detach pump and clean supply hole
to pump or pump or suction hole
suction hole partially
clogged
2. Filter cartridge partly — Clean or replace filter screen
clogged
3. Pressure control — Clean or replace
valve defective
4. Processing — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
low
5. Pump block is worn — Replace pump
6. Safety valve defective — Replace safety valve
7. Pump defective — Replace pump
8. Pressure control — Adjust pressure control valve
valve setting too low

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Troubleshooting 8-13

Material Pressure Too High

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Pressure control — Disassemble and clean or replace
valve dirty and thus
blocked
2. Pressure control — Replace
valve defective
3. Pressure control — Set to default
valve set incorrectly

Material Pressure Too Low

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Pump is worn — Replace pump
2. Pressure control — Replace
valve does not close
any more
3. Pressure control — Disassemble and clean or replace
valve dirty and thus
clogged
4. Pressure control — Replace
valve defective
5. Pressure control — Set to default
valve set incorrectly

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

8-14 Troubleshooting

Material Residue in Tank

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank setpoint — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
high
Material of low quality or not Consult material supplier
appropriate for application
(temperature resistance poor)

Material Hardens in Tank

Possible Cause Possible Fault / Troubleshooting Corrective Action

1. Tank setpoint — Correct temperature setting
temperature set too
high/too low

Others

Problem Possible Cause Corrective Action

1. Leakage at pump Pump shaft seal is worn Tighten the gland bolt
shaft seal — Replace pump
2. Material pressure too Pump is worn Replace pump
low, output quantity
too low
3. Pump blocked Processed material too cold Correct temperature setting (observe
data sheet of material manufacturer)
Foreign material in pump Replace pump
4. Leakage at applicator Safety valve does not open Replace safety valve
during heatup phase (expansion pressure)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-1

Section 9
Parts

Using the Illustrated Parts List

The parts lists provided in this section are organized into the following
columns:

Item—Identifies illustrated parts that are available from Nordson

Corporation.

Part—Provides the Nordson Corporation part number for each saleable

part shown in the illustration. A series of dashes in the parts column
(‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐) means the part cannot be ordered separately.
Description—Provides the part name, as well as its dimensions and
other characteristics when appropriate. Bullets in the description, indicate
the relationships between assemblies, subassemblies, and parts.

Quantity—The quantity required per unit, assembly, or subassembly.

The code AR (As Required) is used if the part number is a bulk item
ordered in quantities or if the quantity per assembly depends on the
product version or model.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-2 Parts

AltaBlue Touch Configuration Code

Use the following tables to determine the configuration of your melter.
Base Melter Options
Pump Pump Pump Pump Hose/ Flow Low LCD Host Return Motion
Melter Capacity Voltage 1 2 3 4 Gun \ Control Resvd. Level I/O Cover Comm. Port Switch Sensor Fan Resvd. Resvd.
A − \ X X X
Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box Box
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

Box Item Code Options Description

1-2 Melter AT — AltaBlue Touch 2 pump platform
AF — AltaBlue Touch 4 pump platform and 100L
3 Hyphen ‐ — —
4-6 Tank capacity 015 15L 15L holding capacity
030 30L 30L holding capacity
050 50L 50L holding capacity
100 100L 100L holding capacity
7 Voltage 3 240 VAC 3P Delta 240 VAC 3-phase Delta electrical service
4 380-415 VAC Wye 380-415 VAC Wye electrical service
5 400 VAC Delta 400 VAC Delta electrical service
6 480 VAC Delta 480 VAC Delta electrical service
8-11 Pump selection A SN0030, 1.4 kg/hr Single‐stream gear pump
B SN0046, 2.2 kg/hr
C SN0062, 2.9 kg/hr
D SN0093, 4.5 kg/hr
E SN0186, 8.9 kg/hr
F SN0371, 17.8 kg/hr
G SN0773, 37.1 kg/hr
H SN1710, 82.1 kg/hr
9 SH0371, 17.8 kg/hr Stainless‐steel gear pump
Z SH0773, 37.1 kg/hr
2 DN0030, 1.4 kg/hr/stream Dual‐stream gear pump
3 DN0048, 2.2 kg/hr/stream
4 DN0062, 2.9 kg/hr/stream
5 DN0093, 4.5 kg/hr/stream
6 DN0186, 8.9 kg/hr/stream
7 DN0279, 13.4 kg/hr/stream
J SF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr Feinprüf Single stream gear pump
K SF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr
L SF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr
M SF0090 - 4.3 kg/hr
N SF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr
O SF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr
P SF0240 - 11.9 kg/hr
Q SF0300 - 14.4 kg/hr
R SF0450 - 21.6 kg/hr
Continued...

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-3

Box Item Code Options Description

S DF0016 - 0.8 kg/hr/stream Feinprüf Dual-stream gear pump
T DF0030 - 1.4 kg/hr/stream
U DF0060 - 2.9 kg/hr/stream
V DF0120 - 5.7 kg/hr/stream
W DF0175 - 8.4 kg/hr/stream
Y DF0240 - 11.5 kg/hr/stream
X None No pump at this location.
12 Hose/applicator 2 2 hose/applicator pairs 2 hose/applicator pairs (4 channels) for
pairs external temperature control (standard)
4 4 hose/applicator pairs 4 hose/applicator pairs (8 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
6 6 hose/applicator pairs 6 hose/applicator pairs (12 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
8 8 hose/applicator pairs 8 hose/applicator pairs (16 channels) for
external temperature control (standard)
13 Slash \ — —
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-4 Parts

Box Item Code Options Description

14 Flow control A Pneumatic PCV Pneumatic PCVs are installed, allowing the
bypass pressure to be adjusted using a
customer‐supplied air pressure regulator.
V Circulation control valve Circulation control valves are installed,
allowing recirculated adhesive to be
controlled when a single adhesive stream
is split between multiple applications in
which the adhesive flow to each
application needs to be balanced because
of differing add‐on rates.
M Manual Pneumatic Pressure Pneumatic PCVs with air regulators are
Control installed, allowing the operator to change
the system pressure by adjusting the
regulators.
F Flow Control Bypass Pneumatic PCVs with corresponding air
regulators and controlling solenoids are
installed, by customer supplied signals
triggering the solenoids to switch the
hydraulic system between pneumatic
pressure control mode (by manually
adjustable air pressure regulators) and the
volumetric mode (which means that no
material circulates through the pneumatic
pressure control valve).
N Pressure Build Pressure transducer and motor-driven
pressure control function are installed,
allowing operator to maintain a preset
pressure while the production line is
stopped.
X Manual PCV Standard manual PCVs are installed,
allowing the manual adjustment of
adhesive pressure.
15 Reserved X — —
16 Low‐level L Low‐level indication present Provides a signal when the adhesive level
indication in the tank falls below a specified value.
X None No low‐level indication
17 I/O and Y Optional I/O installed The optional I/O card (digital) is installed
indication X None No optional I/O expansion card
18 LCD Cover C LCD cover LCD cover is installed
X None —
19 Host E Ethernet card present The optional Ethernet card is installed
communication D PROFIBUS card present The optional PROFIBUS card is installed
V DeviceNet card present The optional DeviceNet card is installed
X None No communication card
20 Return port R 1 hose return port One hose return port is installed.
X None No hose return port
21 Motion switch m Motion switch present The motion switch is a lockable motor
disconnect switch that removes power
from the motor drives, allowing the pump
and motor to be service without turning off
the melter heat.
X None No motion switch

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-5

Box Item Code Options Description

22 Sensor type N 120‐ohm nickel sensors Requires Nordson T‐style hose/applicator
connectors
P 100‐ohm platinum sensors Requires Nordson M‐style hose/applicator
connectors
23 Fan F Extra Fan Extra fan is installed to enhanced
ventilation for hot areas
X None —
24-25 Reserved X — —

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-6 Parts

Frame Assembly
The frame assembly parts vary depending on the size of the melter:
one/two‐pump or three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your
melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Frame Parts

See Figure 9‐1.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Module, Common,15/30L, 2D, AT
901 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Tank Side,15 AND 30 Liter 2
902 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Motor Cover,Side 2
903 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly,Motor Cover Front 1
904 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly ,Electrical Cover Front 1
906 ­­­­­­­­­ S Rivet, Pop, 1/8X.187,BLK,ALUM 8
907 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button, M32, Plastic 1
908 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plate Stamping,160X55 1
913 7403418 S Kit ,Ship with, 2D, ALTA BLUE Touch 1
914 7400868 S Cable Gland, Clamp, M32, 15­22mm 1
917 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Dome, 22.2, Nylon 66, BLK 2
919 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button M40, Plastic 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-7

Figure 9-1 One/two‐pump melter frame assembly parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-8 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Frame Parts

See Figure 9‐2.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Module, Common, 30/50L, 4D, AT
901 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Tank Side, 15 and 30 Liter 2
902 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Motor Cover Side 2
903 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Motor Cover Front 4D 1
904 ­­­­­­­­­ S Panel Assembly, Electrical Cover, Front 4D 1
906 ­­­­­­­­­ S Rivet, Pop, 1/8X.187, BLK, ALUM 8
907 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button, M32, Plastic 1
908 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plate Stamping,160X55 1
913 7403419 S Kit, Ship with, 4D, ALTA BLUE Touch 1
914 7400354 S Cable Gland, Glamp, M32,18­25mm 1
917 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Dome, 22.2, Nylon 66, BLK 4
919 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, Button M40,Plastic 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-9

Figure 9-2 Three/four‐pump melter frame assembly parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-10 Parts

Reservoir/Manifold Assembly
The reservoir/manifold assembly parts vary depending on the size of the
melter: one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your
melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts

See Figure 9‐3.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, manifold/reservoir, one/two pump —
101 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Base 1
102 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold assembly 1 A
103 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spacer, manifold to base 4
104 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, insulator, manifold 1
105 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Support, hydraulics 2
106 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 24
107 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M8 24
108 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 45 4
109 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 25 20
110 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M8 16
111 7400293 S Castor, swivel, 100 mm, 130 kg 2
112 7400294 S Castor, swivel, with lock, 100 mm, 130 kg 2
113 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 2
114 7400132 S O‐ring, Viton, 45 x 2 2
115 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Reservoir, machined 1
116 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 90 6
117 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spring washer, 16 mm OD 6
118 7400339 S Plug, M16, O‐ring, Viton 4
119 7400297 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 (all 3
melter manifolds)
120 7400569 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 400W, 1/2 X 13.75 3
(one/two pump melter reservoirs)
121 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 12
122 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S This item number is reserved. —
123 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M5 X 10, BL 12
124 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
125 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
126 7401366 S Thermoswitch, AltaBlue 1
127 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Deflector, adhesive 1
128 1058990 S Cordstock, 3 mm OD, Viton, 75 D 1
129 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
130 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
131 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
132 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
NOTE A: Refer to Manifold Parts.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-11

Figure 9-3 One/two‐pump melter reservoir/manifold assembly parts (30L, 2 SS assembly shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-12 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts

See Figure 9‐4.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ------- Assembly, manifold/reservoir, three/four pump —
101 ------- S Base 1
102 ------- S Manifold assembly 2 A
103 ------- S Spacer, manifold/base 8
104 ------- S Plate, insulator, manifold 2
105 ------- S Support, manifold 1
106 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M8 12
107 ------- S Washer, flat, narrow, M8 12
108 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 45 8
109 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 25 4
110 ------- S Screw, socket, M10 x 25 16
111 7400478 S Castor, swivel, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
112 7400479 S Castor, swivel, with lock, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
113 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 4
114 7400132 S O‐ring, Viton, 45 x 2 4
115 ------- S Reservoir, machined 1
116 ------- S Screw, socket, M8 x 100 12
117 ------- S Spring washer, 16 mm OD 12
119 7400297 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 (all 6
melter manifolds)
120 7400874 S Service kit, heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 27.5 3
(three/four pump melter and 100L melter
reservoirs)
121 ------- S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
123 ------- S Screw, socket, M5 X 10, BL 18
124 ------- S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
125 ------- S Lock washer, external, M3 2
126 7401366 S Thermoswitch, AltaBlue 1
127 ------- S Plate deflector 2
128 1058990 S Cordstock, 3 mm OD, Viton, 75 D 2.4
129 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
130 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
131 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
132 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
133 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M10 16
134 ------- S Washer, flat, M10 16
136 ------- S Tag, pump number 2
137 ------- S Rivet, pop, 1/8 x 0.187 16
NOTE A: Refer to Manifold Parts.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-13

Figure 9-4 Three/four‐pump melter reservoir/manifold assembly parts (30/50L, 2SS/2SS assembly shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-14 Parts

100L Melter Reservoir/Manifold Parts

See Figure 9-5.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ------- Assembly, manifold/reservoir, 100L —
101 ------- S Base 1
102 ------- S Manifold assembly 1 A
103 ------- S Spacer, manifold/base 8
104 ------- S Plate, insulator, manifold 2
105 ------- S Support, manifold 1
106 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M8 12
107 ------- S Washer, flat, narrow, M8 12
108 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 45 8
109 ------- S Screw,socket, M8 x 25 4
110 ------- S Screw, socket, M10 x 25 16
111 7400478 S Castor, swivel, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
112 7400479 S Castor, swivel, with lock, 100 mm, 280 kg 2
113 256800 S O-ring, 26 x 2 4−8
114 7400132 S O-ring, Viton, 45 x 2 4
115 ------- S Reservoir, machined 1
116 ------- S Screw, socket, M8 x 100 12
117 ------- S Spring washer, 16 mm OD 12
119 7400297 S SERVICE KIT, HEATER, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 6
13.75 (all melter manifolds)
120 7400874 S SERVICE KIT, HEATER, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 6
27.5 (three/four pump melter and 100L melter
reservoirs)
121 ------- S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
123 ------- S Screw, socket, M5 X 10, BL 18
124 ------- S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
125 ------- S Lock washer, external, M3 2
126 7401366 S THERMOSWITCH, ALTABLUE 1
127 ------- S Plate deflector 1
128 1058990 S Cordstock, 3 mm OD, Viton, 75 D 2.5
129 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
130 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
131 900223 S Lubricant, O-ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
132 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
133 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M10 16
134 ------- S Washer, flat, M10 16
135 ------- S Manifold assembly, 2 SS 1 A
136 ------- S Tag, pump number 2
137 ------- S Rivet, pop, 1/8 x 0.187 16
NOTE A: Refer to Manifold Parts.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-15

139, 140, 141

127

144, 130
132, 128

129, 117, 116 116, 117, 129

129, 117, 138

115

142 118, 130

109, 107, 106

114, 131

120, 129

113, 131
130, 123, 121

129, 126

102
125, 124

143, 107, 106

104

103
135

106, 107, 109, 130

105
130, 123, 121

106, 107, 108, 130

119, 129
136, 137

101

111
112
133, 134, 110

Figure 9-5 100L melter reservoir/manifold assembly parts (2 DS/2 SS assembly shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-16 Parts

Manifold Parts
See Figures 9‐6 through 9‐8.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, manifold/reservoir —
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 2 Dual Stream, DURA 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 1 Single Stream, DURA 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Manifold, 2 Single Stream, DURA 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O-ring 12X2 Viton B 1,2 or 4
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 2DS 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 1SS 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, Drain, 2SS 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCR, SKT, M6X25,BL 10
5 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, LK, M, SPT, M6, STL, ZN 10
6 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, FLT, M, Narrow, M6, STL, ZN 10
7 973480 S Plug, O-ring, STD THD, M14X1.5 8
8 7400339 S Plug, M16 ,O-ring,Viton 6 or 8
9 7400340 S Plug, M22,O-ring,Viton 3 or 6
10 7400341 S Adapter, M22 TO M16, O-ring Port 2 or 4
11 7400355 S O-ring, Viton,FOR M22 O-ring Plug 2 or 4
12 900223 S Lubricant, O-ring, Parker, 4 OZ, 30122‐5 0.02
13 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8oz can 0.01

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-17

01

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

08 12

08 12

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 Nm TORQUE

Figure 9-6 Manifold assembly parts—one or two dual stream pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-18 Parts

Manifold Parts (contd)

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

01

APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

10 11 12 08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 nm TORQUE

Figure 9-7 Manifold assembly parts - one single stream pump

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-19

09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

09 12
01
APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE

10 11 12
08 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQU
APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQUE
09 12 APPLY 55−60 Nm TORQU

08 12

APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQUE

07 12 APPLY 35−40 Nm TORQU

02 12

03

06

05

04 13 APPLY 0.5−0.7 Nm TORQ

Figure 9-8 Manifold assembly parts—two single‐stream pumps

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-20 Parts

Hopper Assembly
The hopper assembly parts vary depending on the size of the melter:
one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts list for your melter.

One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts

See Figure 9‐9.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, hopper, one/two pump —
201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hopper/grid, machined 1
202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M6 20
203 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock split, M6 40
204 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 25 20
7400135 S Gasket, hopper, 30L/50L, one/two pump 1
205
7400134 S Gasket, hopper, 15L, one/two pump 1
206 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
207 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
208 7401366 S Thermoswitch, ALTABLUE 1
S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 11.65 4 or 8
7400298
(one/two pump melter 30/50L hopper)
209
S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X 6.38
7400876 4
(two‐pump hopper)
210 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 8
211 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 10 8
212 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Frame, tank, paint 2
213 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M6 12
214 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M6 12
215 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M8 4
216 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 4
217 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M8 4
218 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, rear, hydraulic 1
219 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, front, hydraulic 1
220 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Bracket, heater terminal 1
221 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, socket, M4 x 12 2
222 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block assembly 1
223 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M5 6
224 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock split, M5 6
225 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M5 2
226 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, top, hydraulic 1
227 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, outer 1
228 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, inner 1
229 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, slotted, M3 x 6 8
Continued...

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-21

Item Part Description Quantity Note

230 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M3 8
231 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M3 8
232 7400047 S Hinge, lid 2
233 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, recessed, M5 x 12 8
234 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, button, socket, M5 x 10 12
235 779664 S Handle, lid 1
236 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, M5 x 16 2
237 900298 S Compound, heat sink, 5 oz tube 1
238 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz. tube 1
239 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Rivet, pop, 1/ x
8 0.187 2
240 224905 S Tag, warning, hot 1
241 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, jam, M5 4
242 931074 S Tape, insulation 75
243 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Insulation, foil backed, 600W x 1200L x 25 mm 1
244 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Marker, SAKD 2.5 N 1
245 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sleeving, insulation, 0.500 ID 1
257 333304 S SENSOR,TEMP,RTD,NI,18FT LEAD 1
NS 162506 S SENSOR,RTD,100 OHM,PLT,18FTLG 1
NS: Not Shown

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-22 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts (contd)

Figure 9-9 One/two‐pump melter hopper assembly parts (30L hopper without hose return shown)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-23

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-24 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts

See Figure 9‐10.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, hopper, three/four pump —
201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Hopper, machined 1
202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, narrow, M6 30
203 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M6 66
204 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 25 30
205 7400326 S Gasket, hopper, three/four pump, 50L 1
NS 7400327 S Gasket, hopper, three/four pump, 30L 1
206 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
207 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lock washer, external, M3 2
208 7401366 S Thermoswitch, ALTABLUE 1
209 7400875 S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 750W, 1/2 x 11.85 9
(50Lhopper)
NS 7400876 S Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X 6.38 9
(30Lhopper)
210 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
211 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 10 18
212 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Frame, tank, paint 2
213 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M6 18
214 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M6 12
215 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M8 4
216 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M8 4
217 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 20 4
218 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, rear, hydraulic 1
219 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, front, hydraulic 1
220 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Bracket, heater terminal 2
221 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, socket, M4 x 12 4
222 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block, left 1
223 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M5 8
224 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M5 8
225 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M5 4
226 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Panel, top, hydraulic 1
227 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, outer 1
228 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Lid, inner 1
229 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, split, M3 x 6 8
230 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, lock, split, M3 8
231 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer, flat, regular, M3 8
232 7400047 S Hinge, lid 2
233 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, flat, recessed, M5 x 12 8
234 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, button,socket, M5 x 10 12

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-25

Item Part Description Quantity Note

235 779664 S Handle, lid 1
236 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, pan, M5 x 16 2
237 900298 S Compound, heat sink,5 oz tube 1
238 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz tube 1
239 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Rivet, pop, 1/
8 x 0.187 2
240 224905 S Tag, warning, hot 1
241 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, jam, M5 4
242 931074 S Tape, insulation 200
243 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Insulation, foil backed, 600W x 1200 L x 25 mm 1
245 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Sleeving, insulation, 0.500 ID 1
246 7400540 S O‐ring, Viton, 51.5 x 2.65 1
247 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Plate, machined, hose return 1
248 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M6 x 20 6
249 7400337 S Fitting, hose,45deg, M16x9/16‐18, O‐ring, Viton 1
250 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Heater, terminal block assembly, 400V, 1
three/four‐pump, WYE
257 333304 S SENSOR,TEMP,RTD,NI,18FT LEAD 1
NS 162506 S SENSOR,RTD,100 OHM,PLT,18FTLG 1
NS: Not Shown

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-26 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Hopper Parts (contd)

Figure 9-10 Three/four‐pump melter hopper assembly parts (50L hopper with hose return shown)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-27

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-28 Parts

100L Melter Hopper Parts

See Figure 9-11.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ------- Assembly, hopper, 100L —
201 ------- S Hopper, machined 1
202 ------- S Washer, flat, narrow, M6 38
203 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M6 74
204 ------- S Screw, socket, M6 x 25 38
205 7400901 S Gasket, hopper, 100L 1
206 ------- S Screw, pan, recessed, M3 x 8 2
207 ------- S Lock washer, external, M3 2
208 7401366 S THERMOSWITCH, ALTABLUE 1
209 7401316 S Heater, 240V, 1000W, 0.50 D x 22.75 long 9
210 ------- S Washer, flat, oversize, M6, 22 OD 18
211 ------- S Screw, socket, M6 x 10 18
212 ------- S Frame, tank, paint 2
213 ------- S Washer, flat, regular, M6 18
214 ------- S Nut, hex, M6 12
215 ------- S Washer, flat, regular, M8 4
216 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M8 4
217 ------- S Screw, socket, M8 x 20 4
218 ------- S Panel, rear, hydraulic 1
219 ------- S Panel, front, hydraulic 1
220 ------- S Bracket, heater terminal 2
221 ------- S Screw, flat, socket, M4 x 12 4
222 ------- S Heater, terminal block, left 1
223 ------- S Washer, flat, regular, M5 8
224 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M5 8
225 ------- S Nut, hex, M5 4
226 ------- S Panel, top, hydraulic 1
227 ------- S Lid, outer 1
228 ------- S Lid, inner 1
229 ------- S Screw, pan, split, M3 x 6 8
230 ------- S Washer, lock, split, M3 8
231 ------- S Washer, flat, regular, M3 8
232 7400047 S Hinge, lid 2
233 ------- S Screw, flat, recessed, M5 x 12 8
235 779664 S Handle, lid 1
236 ------- S Screw, pan, M5 x 16 2
237 900298 S Compound, heat sink,5 oz tube 1
238 900413 S Sealant, RTV, red, 2.8 oz tube 1
239 ------- S Rivet, pop, 1/8 x 0.187 2
240 224905 S Tag, warning, hot 1
241 ------- S Nut, hex, jam, M5 4
242 931074 S Tape, insulation 260
243 ------- S Insulation, foil backed, 600W x 1200 L x 25 mm 1
245 ------- S Sleeving, insulation, 0.500 ID 1
246 7400540 S O-ring, Viton, 51.5 x 2.65 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-29

Item Part Description Quantity Note

247 ------- S Plate, machined, hose return 1
248 ------- S Screw, socket, M6 x 20 6
249 7400337 S Fitting, hose,45 degree, M16 x 9/16-18, O-ring, 1
Viton
250 ------- S Heater, terminal block, right 1
257 333304 S SlENSOR,TEMP,RTD,NI,18FT LEAD 1
NS 162506 S lSENSOR,RTD,100 OHM,PLT,18FTLG 1
NS: Not Shown

Figure 9-11 100L melter hopper assembly parts (100L hopper with hose return shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-30 Parts

Pump Assemblies
The pump assembly parts vary depending on the type of pump:
single‐stream or dual‐stream. Refer to the correct parts lists for your melter.

Pump Module Parts

See Figure 9‐12.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, pump module —
301 256800 S O‐ring, 26 x 2 1
302 250269 S O‐ring, 35 x 2 1
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Adapter assembly, single‐stream, with shutoff 1 A
303
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Adapter assembly, dual‐stream, with shutoff 1 B
304 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Spring washer,16 mm OD 4
305 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, socket, M8 x 110 4
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Gear pump, single‐stream 1 C
306
‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Gear pump, dual‐stream 1 D
308 900344 S Lubricant, Never Seez, 8 oz can 1
309 900223 S Lubricant, O‐ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
NOTE A: Refer to Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts.
B: Refer to Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts.
C: Refer to Single‐Stream Gear Pumps for pump part numbers.
D: Refer to Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps for pump part numbers.
NS: Not Shown

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-31

THIS V IEW SHOW S THE SINGLE STREAM PUMP

TIGHTEN SCREWS 309, 301

20 TO 25 N−M
306, 307, 308 305, 308 304 303 309, 302

THIS VIEW SHOWS THE BLANK

302, 309

309, 301 303 304 308, 305

THIS V IEW SHOW S THE DUAL STREAM PUMP

TIGHTEN SCREWS 309, 301

20 TO 25 N−M
306, 307, 308 305, 308 304 303 309, 302

Figure 9-12 Pump module parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-32 Parts

Single‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts

See Figure 9‐13.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­ 7402910 Kit, Service, Adapter, SSN ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402911 Kit, Service, Pump Adapter, SN1710 ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402914 Kit, Service, Adapter, SSF ­­­
01 ­­­­­­­ Adapter, pump, single­stream 1
02 ­­­­­­­ Valve, rotary 1
03 ­­­­­­­ Plate, stop 1
04 ­­­­­­­ Screw, socket, M5 x 12 4
05 ­­­­­­­ Washer, flat, narrow, M5 4
06 ­­­­­­­ Washer, lock, split, M5 4
07 207932 Valve, safety 1 A
08 973480 Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M14 x 1.5 4
09 900223 Lubricant, O­ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
10 900341 Lubricant, Never­Seez, 16 oz cans 1
12 250267 O­ring, 32 x 2 1
13 985022 Pin, dowel, M6 x 20 long, hose and applicator 1
NOTE A: Refer to Safety Valve Parts.

05 06 04 10

03

09 12

13

02

08 10

01

08 10

07 10

Figure 9-13 Single‐stream pump adapter parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-33

Dual‐Stream Pump Adapter Parts

See Figure 9‐14.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­ 7402909 Kit, Service, Adapter, DSN ­­­
­­­­­­­ 7402913 Kit, Service, Adapter, DSF ­­­
01 ­­­­­­­­ S Adapter, pump, dual­stream 1
02 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve, rotary 1
03 ­­­­­­­­ S Plate, stop 1
04 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, socket, M5 x 12 4
05 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flat, narrow, M5 4
06 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lock, split, M5 4
07 207932 S Valve, safety 2 A
08 973480 S Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M14 x 1.5 5
09 900223 S Lubricant, O­ring, Parker, 4 oz 1
10 900341 S Lubricant, Never­Seez, 16 oz cans 1
11 973459 S Plug, O­ring, straight­thread, M22 x 1.5 1
12 250267 S O­ring, 32 x 2 1
13 985022 S Pin, dowel, M6 x 20 long, hose and applicator 1

05 06 04 10

03

09 12

13

02

10 08

01

10 08
11 10

08 10

07 10

08 10

Figure 9-14 Dual‐stream pump adapter parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-34 Parts

Single‐Stream Gear Pumps

See Figure 9‐15.

Item Gland Variseal Description Quantity Note

Seal Part Part
— 259598 7109715 Gear pump SN0030 (0.30 cc/rev) 1
— 254406 729105 Gear pump SN0046 (0.46 cc/rev) 1
— 257734 7116270 Gear pump SN0062 (0.62 cc/rev) 1
— 256015 7104514 Gear pump SN0093 (0.93 cc/rev) 1
— 254316 203708 Gear pump SN0186 (1.86 cc/rev) 1
— 254247 729106 Gear pump SN0371 (3.71 cc/rev) 1
— 254279 729107 Gear pump SN0773 (7.73 cc/rev) 1
— 254231 7116829 Gear pump SN1710 (17.10 cc/rev) 1
— 253992 7131840 Gear pump SH0773, hardened (7.73 cc/rev) 1
— 259600 7130225 Gear pump SH0371, hardened (3.71 cc/rev) 1
— 394589 Refer to Service Kit for gland seal pump sizes 1
Table 9‐1 SN0030 to SN0773
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S O‐ring 10 x 1.5, PTFE 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Sealing paste, Stucarit 203, 100 ml 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1
— 394596 Refer to Service Kit for gland seal pump size 1
Table 9‐2 SN1710
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S O‐ring 15 x 1.5 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Sealing paste, Stucarit 203, 100 ml 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-35

Table 9-1 Variseal Pump Service Kits (Except SN1710)

Item Part Description Quantity Note

NS 7136920 Sealing Kit,PUMP F.Shaft D12,7 —
(pump seal service kit)
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O-ring 22X3 Viton 70 Shore a Black 2
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Ring ID 12, 7 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Turcon-Roto-Variseal D12, 7 Inside Seal 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Allen Head Cap Screw M5X16 DIN912 A2‐70 3
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S High-Temp. Grease GLS 595/N2 CAN:10G 1
NS 7146229 S In‐Assembly Tools 7136915, 7136918, EN/GE 1 A
NS 7136915 Assembly Tool F.Shaft Sealing D12,7 —
(assembly tool service kit)
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Assembly Mandrel F.Shaft Sealing D12, 7 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Assembly Bushing F.Shaft Sealing D12, 7 1
NS 7146229 S In‐Assembly Tools 7136915, 7136918, EN/GE 1 A
NOTE A: This is instruction may be obtained from http://emanuals.nordson.com, or contact your Nordson
representative.
NS: Not Shown

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-36 Parts

Single‐Stream Gear Pumps (contd)

Table 9-2 Variseal Pump SN1710 Service Kit

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 7136921 Sealing Kit, Pump F.Shaft D16 —
(pump seal service kit)
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O-ring 28X3 Viton 70 Shore A Schwarz 2
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Buffer Ring ID 16 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Turcon‐Roto-Variseal D16 Inside Seal 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Allen Head Cap Screw M6X20 DIN912 SST 4
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S High-Temp. Grease GLS 595/N2 CAN:10G 1
— 7136918 Assembly Tool F.Shaft Sealing D16 — —
(assembly tool service kit)
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Assembly Mandrel F.Shaft Sealing D16 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Assembly Bushing F.Shaft Sealing D16 1
NS 7146229 S In‐Assembly Tools 7136915, 7136918, EN/GE 1 A
NOTE A: This is instruction may be obtained from http://emanuals.nordson.com, or contact your Nordson
representative.
NS: Not Shown

Figure 9-15 Single‐stream gland seal (left) and Variseal (right) gear pumps

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-37

Dual‐Stream Gear Pumps

See Figure 9‐16.

Item Gland Variseal Description Quantity Note

Seal Part Part
— 291995 7116580 Gear pump DN0030 (2 x 0.30 cc/rev) 1
— 291996 7104179 Gear pump DN0046 (2 x 0.46 cc/rev) 1
— 203640 7104180 Gear pump DN0062 (2 x 0.62 cc/rev) 1
— 403729 7116269 Gear pump DN0093 (2 x 0.93 cc/rev) 1
— 291997 7104181 Gear pump DN0186 (2 x 1.86 cc/rev) 1
— 406435 7116268 Gear pump DN0279 (2 x 2.79 cc/rev) 1
— 7104645 Refer to Service Kit for gland seal pump sizes 1
Table 9‐1 DN0030 to DN0279
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Seal, PU6/12, 94 x 80 x 0.8 2
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S Sealing paste, Stucarit 203, 100 ml 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ — S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1

Figure 9-16 Dual‐stream gland seal gear pump

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-38 Parts

Safety Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐17.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 207932 Valve, safety, 85 bar 1
— 394592 Service kit 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. Grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Figure 9-17 Safety valve parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-39

Control Valve Assemblies

The control valve assemblies vary depending on the type of pressure control
valve: pressure control valve, pneumatic pressure control valve, circulation
control valve, or blank. Refer to the correct parts lists for your melter.

Control Valve Module Parts (Until Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐18.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Assembly,control valve module ­­­
401 1120137 S Filter cartridge MW0,2 VB reinf. compl. 1 A
401 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug M56x1,5 L35 1
402 203059 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB 1 B
207300 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum 1 C
1070961 S Valve, Circulation Control, AltaBlue 1 D
­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, pressure regulator valve VB/DB 1
403 ­­­­­­­­­ S Valve, Ball, 8 MM, SS 316 1
404 ­­­­­­­­­ S Screw, Drain Valve 1
405 ­­­­­­­­­ S Retaining Ring,INT,51,Basic 1
NOTE A: Refer to Filter Cartridge Parts.
B: Refer to Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Pressure Build Control.
C: Refer to Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Manual Pneumatic Pressure Control
OR Flow Control Bypass.
D: Refer to Circulation Control Valve Parts.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-40 Parts

Control Valve Module Parts (After Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐18.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­ ­­­­­­­­­ Assembly,control valve module ­­­
401 1120137 S Filter cartridge MW0,2 VB reinf. compl. 1 A
401 ­­­­­­­­­ S Plug M56x1,5 L35 1
402 203059 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB 1 B
207300 S Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum 1 C
1070961 S Valve, Circulation Control, AltaBlue 1 D
­­­­­­­­­ S Plug, pressure regulator valve VB/DB 1
403 ­­­­­­­­­ S Valve, Ball, 8 MM, SS 316 1
404 ­­­­­­­­­ S Screw, Drain Valve 1
405 ­­­­­­­­­ S Retaining Ring,INT,51,Basic 1
NOTE A: Refer to Filter Cartridge Parts.
B: Refer to Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Pressure Build Control.
C: Refer to Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts OR Manual Pneumatic Pressure Control
OR Flow Control Bypass.
D: Refer to Circulation Control Valve Parts.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-41

Figure 9-18 Pressure control module parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-42 Parts

Filter Cartridge Parts (Until Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐19.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 7104265 Filter cartridge, mesh Size 0.2 mm, complete 1
— 394590 Service Kit Filter 0.2 mm 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S Filter sleeve Mesh Size 0,2 complete 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S Filter sheath D40 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S Filter sleeve MS 0,2 L104 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 31x1 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 44x3 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 48x2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Filter Cartridge Parts (After Week 17/2012)

See Figure 9‐19.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1120137 Filter cartridge, mesh Size 0.2 mm, complete 1
— 7157673 Service Kit, filter MW0,2 NE 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S Filter sheath VB/DB D42 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S Filter sleeve VB MW0,2 L104 reinforced 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 28x2 Viton 2
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 44x3 Viton 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S S O‐ring 48x2 Viton 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Figure 9-19 Filter cartridge parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-43

Pressure Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐20.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 203059 Valve, pressure control, adjustable, 90 bar 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Body, valve 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Piston, valve, supporting ring 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Set screw, black, 90 bar 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Compression spring, 2.2 x 7.4 x 34.4 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 6 x 2 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 11 x 2 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 9 x 2 1
8 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Supporting ring, Da10, Di6.7, spiral 1
— 394600 Service Kit Pressure control valve 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10 g 1

6 8

7 5

Figure 9-20 Pressure control valve parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-44 Parts

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐21.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ 207300 Pressure ctrl valve 5­90 bar VB/DB pneum —
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, pressure control valve 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve body, bypass 300 degree 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Cylinder, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Valve, body, bypass pneumatic, 50bar (90 psi) 1
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Piston, bypass pneu., Da19.3 1
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Seal, 19.7 x 0.6 1
8 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 11 x 2 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 9 x 2 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Fitting, quick thread-in, -W-d04-G1/8-TURN 1
­­­­­­­­ S Fitting, quick thread-in, -W-d08-R1/8-TURN 1
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Inside seal, Turcon-Variseal_M2S 1
— 394600 Service Kit Pressure control valve 1
8 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 11 x 2 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S O-ring, 9 x 2 1
— ­­­­­­­­ S High temp grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-45

10

3
6

8 11

Figure 9-21 Pneumatic pressure control valve parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-46 Parts

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve Interface Parts

See Figure 9‐22.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 207300 Valve, pressure control, pneumatic 1
2 ------- Hose, air‐operated, D4, 0 D2, 5 PTFE 1.5
3 ------- Fitting, quick‐thread, W‐D04‐G 1/8‐turn 1
4 ------- Reducer 1
5 ------- Sealing ring, R1/4‐type, PD 5
6 ------- T‐piece 1
7 ------- Nipple, double 1
8 ------- Bulkhead connection, iG1/4 1
9 ------- Street el, G1/4 x RP1/4 1
10 279615 Bypass valve 1
11 — Item no. not used —
12 ------- Sign, max 6.0 1
13 — Item no. not used —
14 ------- Air coupling, male, AG1/4 L3 1
15 ------- Air coupling, female, D6 NE7.2 L60 1
16 ------- Hose, air‐operated, D8.0, D6.0 PU blue 2
17 ------- Fitting, straight 1
18 ------- Grease, high‐temperature, GLS 595/N2, can 1

THIS VALVE CONNECT TO MAINFOLD

1 2

ITEM 10 MUST BE VERTICAL

17 16 15 1418 5 12 9 18 5 1810 8 7 6 5 4 18 3 18

Figure 9-22 Pneumatic pressure control valve interface parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-47

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-48 Parts

2D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐23.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,L 1
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 4
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 4
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 1
705 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 1
706 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 1
707 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 4
708 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 4
709 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 4
710 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 4
NOTE: This parts list is for the four‐path option for the manual pneumatic PCV.

Figure 9-23 2D manual pneumatic PCV parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-49

4D Manual Pneumatic PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐24.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,L 1
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 8
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 8
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,MANUAL PNEUMATIC PCV,4-FOLD,R 1
705 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 2
706 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 2
707 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 2
708 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 8
709 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 8
710 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 8
711 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 8
NOTE: This parts list is for the eight‐path option for the manual pneumatic PCV.

Figure 9-24 4D manual pneumatic PCV parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-50 Parts

Four‐Path Left Manual PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐25.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,MANUAL PCV 1
2 7412730 SERVICE KIT,PCV,MANUAL 4
3 ­­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
7 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
8 ­­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,TYPE I,M5-D04 4
9 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 0.8
10 ­­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M3X18,ZN 6
11 ­­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
12 ­­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is for a four-path option for the left manual PCV.

Figure 9-25 Four-path left manual PCV parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-51

Four‐Path Right Manual PCV Parts

See Figure 9‐26.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,MANUAL PCV 1
2 7412730 SERVICE KIT,PCV,MANUAL 4
3 ­­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
7 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
8 ­­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,TYPE I,M5-D04 4
9 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 0.8
10 ­­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M3X18,ZN 6
11 ­­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
12 ­­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is for a four-path option for the right manual PCV.

Figure 9-26 Four-path right manual PCV parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-52 Parts

2D Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐27.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, ABP, 1
4-FOLD, L
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 4
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 4
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 1
705 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 1
706 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 1
707 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 4
708 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 4
709 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 4
710 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 4
NOTE: This parts list is for the four-path option for the flow control bypass.

Figure 9-27 2D flow control bypass parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-53

4D Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐28.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

701 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, ABP, 1
4-FOLD, L
702 ­­­­­­­ AIR HOSE D4,0 D2,5 PTFE NATURAL 8
703 207300 PRESSURE CTRL VALVE 5-90 BAR VB/DB 8
PNEUM
704 ­­­­­­­ SUB ASSY,FLOW CONTROL BYPASS, 1
ABP, 4-FOLD, R
705 ­­­­­­­ QUICK THREAD-IN FITTING -G-D06-G1/4-0000 2
706 ­­­­­­­ TUBE,POLYURETHANE,8MM OD,BLUE 2
707 ­­­­­­­ FEMALE AIR COUPLING D6 NW7,2 L60 2
708 ­­­­­­­ FILTER CARTRIDGE MW0,2 VB REINF. COMPL. 8
709 ­­­­­­­ BALL,8 MM 8
710 ­­­­­­­ SCREW, DRAIN VALVE 8
711 ­­­­­­­ RETAINING RING,INT,51,BASIC 8
NOTE: This parts list is for the eight-path option for the flow control bypass.

Figure 9-28 4D flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-54 Parts

Three‐Path Right Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐29.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 ­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,FCB,L 1
2 7412731 SERVICE KIT,PCV WITH SOLENOID VALVE 3
3 ­­­­­­ COVER,BLANK,FCB 1
4 ­­­­­­ SPACER 4
5 ­­­­­­­ JUNCTION BOX,88X88X55MM,ABS 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
7 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
8 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
9 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
10 ­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M5X18,ZN 16
11 ­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M5,STL,ZN 4
12 ­­­­­­ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 4
13 ­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
14 ­­­­­­ SCR,PAN,REC,M4X10,ZN 2
15 ­­­­­­ O-RING,VITON,3.0X1.0 2
16 ­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
17 ­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,PLASTIC,2 STA. 3
18 ­­­­­­ NUT,CABLE GLANDE,M20X1,5,BLACK 2
19 ­­­­­­ STRAIN RELIEF,CABLE D10~14,M20-S 2
20 ­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is a three‐path option for the right flow control bypass.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-55

Figure 9-29 Three-path right flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-56 Parts

Three‐Path Left Flow Control Bypass Parts

See Figure 9‐30.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

1 7412731 SERVICE KIT,PCV WITH SOLENOID VALVE 3
2 ­­­­­­ COVER,BLANK,FCB 1
3 ­­­­­­ SPACER 4
4 ­­­­­­­ JUNCTION BOX,88X88X55MM,ABS 1
5 ­­­­­­­ SCREW PLUG G1/4 DIN908 1
6 ­­­­­­­ SAFETY VALVE 8BAR G1/4 SW17 1
7 ­­­­­­­ SEALING RING R1/4 TYPE:PDR-14 PVC 2
8 ­­­­­­­ MALE AIR COUPLING KS4-1/4-A 1
9 ­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M5X18,ZN 16
10 ­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M5,STL,ZN 4
11 ­­­­­­ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 4
12 ­­­­­­ SCR,HEX,M6X40,STL,ZP(GB/T 5781-2000) 4
13 ­­­­­­ SCR,PAN,REC,M4X10,ZN 2
14 ­­­­­­ O-RING,VITON,3.0X1.0 2
15 ­­­­­­ MANIFOLD,FCB,R 1
16 ­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M6,STL,ZN 4
17 ­­­­­­ CONNECTOR,PLASTIC,2 STA. 3
18 ­­­­­­ NUT,CABLE GLANDE,M20X1,5,BLACK 2
19 ­­­­­­ STRAIN RELIEF,CABLE D10~14,M20-S 2
20 ­­­­­­ SIGN "MAX. 6 BAR" SELF ADHESIVE 1
NOTE: This parts list is a three‐path option for the left flow control bypass.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-57

Figure 9-30 Three-path left flow control bypass parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-58 Parts

Pressure Build Control Parts

See Figure 9‐31.

Table 9‐3 Internal transducer parts list

Item Part Description Quantity

401 7403137 KIT,FLOW/PRESSURE CONTROL BOARD 1
402 ­­­­­­­­­ SCR,PAN,SLT,M3X6,ZN 4
403 ­­­­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,INT,M3,STL,ZN 4
1001 ­­­­­­­­­ TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,M14X1.5, 0-1500PSI 1
1002 ­­­­­­­­­ CABLE,PRESSURE,6 PIN,MELTER SIDE,TOUCH 1
1003 ­­­­­­­­­ CLAMP,D26.5,TRANSDUCER,PRESSURE,ALUM 1
1004 ­­­­­­­­­ SCR,SKT,M5X16,BL 1
1005 ­­­­­­­­­ WASHER,LK,M,SPT,M5,STL,ZN 1
1006 ­­­­­­­­­ MOUNT,SADDLE TIE, DIA.6 2
1007 ­­­­­­­­­ NUT,HEX,M5,STL,ZN 2
1008 ­­­­­­­­­ WASHER,FLT,M,REG,M5,STL,ZN 2

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-59

401, 402 and 403

1003
1001

1004
1002

1005

1006, 1007 and 1008

1006, 1007 and 1008

Port #1

Port #2

Port #3

Port #4

Figure 9-31 Internal transducer parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-60 Parts

Circulation Control Valve Parts

See Figure 9‐32.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1070961 Valve, circulation control 1
1 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Body, circulation valve 1
2 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Spool, circulation valve 1
3 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Nut, hex, M12 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 9 x 2 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, 11 x 2 1
6 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring, Viton, 0.239 ID x 0.070 W 1
7 ‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw, set, cup, M4 x 4, stainless‐steel 1
— 394600 Service Kit Circulation control valve 1
4 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 9 x 2 1
5 ‐‐‐‐‐ S O‐ring 11 x 2 1
— ‐‐‐‐‐ S High‐temp. grease, GLS 595/N2, 10g 1

1 2

Figure 9-32 Circulation control valve parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-61

Flow Control Bypass

This option contains:

a. Pneumatically actuated pressure control valve (1x per stream)

b. Fast switching 3-way solenoid (1x per stream)
c. Pressure gauge (1x per stream – for single stream pumps only)
d. Pressure regulator + gauge (1x per stream)

Set up:

Available line pressure (approx. 6 bar) is being put on the pressure regulator
and into the solenoid input. The outlet pressure of the regulator is adjusted
according to the desired recirculation flow setting. The pressure gauge is
installed after the pump into the stream that goes to the hose connector
fitting. The actuation signal for the solenoid is being supplied externally via
connector and in accordance to the trigger signal of the applicator.

Function:

When the applicator is open the system is run in volumetric mode, which
means that no material does circulate through the pneumatic pressure
control valve. In this mode the flow is determined by the motor rpm setting,
respectively the key to line signal. To achieve this a trigger signal (e.g. the
trigger signal for the applicator) is send to the solenoid for the pneumatic
pressure control valve, which does close with maximum air pressure (e.g.
available line pressure of 6 bar). In cases of overpressure the safety pressure
valve would operate. When the applicator is closed, a trigger signal (e.g. the
trigger signal for the applicator) does operate the solenoid for the bypass
valve. This allows the regulated (reduced) air flow to open the pneumatic
pressure control valve and to adjust recirculation pressure according to the
air pressure setting. The major goal is to reduce/ eliminate the burn-through
(hammerhead) effect by adjusting the pressure during applicator closed. The
applicator or nozzle pressure in this mode is usually the same as during
applicator open.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-62 Parts

Schematics

Figure 9-33 Flow control bypass control valve schematic

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-63

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-64 Parts

Manual Pneumatic Pressure

This option contains:

a. Pneumatically actuated pressure control valve (1x per stream)

b. Manually operated pressure regulator + guage (1x per stream)

Set up:

Available line pressure is supplied to the manually activated pressure

regulator. Air conditioning units to be provided separately. The output of the
regulator supplies the pneumatically actuated pressure control valve with
regulated air.

Function:

It provides the same functionality as the standard manual pressure control

valve but allows the operator to change the system pressure without tools.
However, in addition it provides a possibility to remotely control the setting, if
customer provides additional pressure regulator.

Figure 9-34 Manual pneumatic pressure control valve schematic

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-65

Motor Assembly
See Figure 9‐35.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— ‐‐‐‐‐‐ Assembly, motor, standard —
501 7402299 S Coupling,m24,dan/Normal 1
7402293 S Coupling,M24,DAN/SN1710(SN1710 pumps 1
only)
502 7402295 S Service Kit,Motor,BG06-31/D06LA4TOF 1
503, 531, 532 7403719 S KIT,MOTOR BRACKET,ADJUST,ALTA 1
504 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer,flat,regular,M8 8
505 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Washer,lock,split,M8 8
506 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Screw,socket,M8 X 25 3
507 ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S SCR,SKT,M8X30,BL 3
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Cable assembly, motor 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Harness, internal 1
NS: Not Shown

Figure 9-35 Motor assembly parts (four‐pump melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-66 Parts

Electrical Enclosure Panel Assemblies

The electrical enclosure panel assembly parts vary depending on the size of
the melter: one/two‐pump, three/four‐pump. Refer to the correct parts lists for
your melter.

400V Melter Left Panel

See Figure 9‐36.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel Assembly,LH, with LK,400V, Touch —
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Left, Outside, Electrical Cabinet, with LK 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Left, Inside, Electrical Cabinet, Touch 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock WireWay 45X65 ALTABLUE 0.33
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock WireWay 45X65 ALTABLUE 0.28
5 ­­­­­­­­ S WireWay,25X65X180,ALTABLUE 1
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock WireWay 25X65 ALTABLUE 0.22
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, M3, Zinc Plate 10
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, LK, M, SPT,M3, STL, ZN 10
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, Acorn, M3, STL, ZN 10
10 ­­­­­­­­ S DIN Rail, 280 LG 1
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, Flanged, Serrated, M5 8
12 7400378 S Main switch, 100 A, 3 pole 1
13 7401321 S Service Kit, Filter, Fan, Electrical Cabinet 1
14 7403435 S Main Contactor DILM40C 1
15 7400482 S RC suppressor, 110−250 VAC 1
16 318248 S Circuit breaker 63A 3­pole FAZ­B63/3 1
17 7403519 S Terminal Block, Power Distribute, 400V, AT 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S End Stop, Terminal Block 4
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer Sleeve, ALTABLUE 5
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, Flanged, Serrated, M6 5
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Cover, Filter 1
22 7400369 S Lockout Switch 63A 3POLE 600V 1
NOTE A: Present only on melters with the optional lockout switch.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-67

Figure 9-36 Left panel assembly parts (400V melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-68 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts (15,

30L)
See Figure 9‐37.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 2H/G, 2D, 15/30L, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 2D, touch 1
1A 171856 S S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 50 x 50 x 570, Alta 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25 x 50 x 300, Alta 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 17
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 17
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 17
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 300 lg, Alta 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 4
9 1078624 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 x 10, zn 4
11 1031201 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M3 x 8, zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ S Lockwshr M, ext, M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ S Jumper 3/N/PE, AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved. —
16 ­­­­­­­­ S terminal block,end plate ZAP/TW3 1
17 256227 S Circuit breaker, 2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 S Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 S Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 2
20 7400071 S Circuit breaker, 32A 1­pole 1
21 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 2
23 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 6
24 777404 S REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 777630 S BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
26 7400010 S Clip, relay 1
27 207396 S Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V MAX. 15A 2
28 7400070 S Solid state relay, 100­260VAC, 35A, DC TRIG 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
33 7403060 S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
34 7402290 S Panel, back, outer, elect cab, 2D 1
35 7403476 S Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
NOTE A: Please see figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-69

Figure 9-37 One/two-pump melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts (15L, 30L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-70 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts (50L)

See Figures 9‐38 and 9‐39.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 2H/G, 2D, 50L, 400V
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 2D, touch 1
1A 171856 S S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 50 x 50 x 570, Alta 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25 x 50 x 300, Alta 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 17
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 17
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 17
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 300 lg, Alta 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 6
9 1078624 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 x 10, zn 4
11 1031201 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M3 x8 ,zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ S Lockwshrm, ext, M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ S Jumper 3/N/PE,AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 ­­­­­­­­ S terminal block,end plate ZAP/TW3 1
17 256227 S Circuit breaker,2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 S Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 S Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 2
20 7400071 S Circuit breaker, 32A 1­pole 2
21 S This item number is reserved
22 ­­­­­­­­ S terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 2
23 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 6
24 777404 S REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 777630 S BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
26 7400010 S Clip, relay 1
27 207396 S Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V MAX. 15A 2
28 7400070 S Solid state relay,100­260VAC,35A,DC TRIG 2
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
33 7403060 S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
34 7402290 S Panel, back, outer, elect cab, 2D 1
35 7403476 S Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
NOTE A: Please see figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-71

Figure 9-38 One/two‐pump melter 2 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts (50L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-72 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter 2 Back Panel Parts

1A

+ C35
RV 13
RV 12
RV 10

RV 11
C10
RV 9

RV 7
C8
C3
C4
C9

C5
C56

C36
C23
C24
C25
C26
C27
C28
C29

R95
C30

R71
C44 R85 R81
R93 R5
R19 R17 RV 6 R20

C55
R80 R86
C50 C43 C1 R18
U16

R82
C54
R79
R26 R22 J1

R90
Q22
D17 R84 C60C53 XP5
1
RN4RN6 C31 Q20 C21 C2233 51
C20
L1 R63 R15 JP1
R121

R88
C74
HSNK1 RN3 R101 6 2
D16 C58 Q19
U2

RN2 RN1

RN9
+ U3

C75
D3 C7 RN10 R99

RN7
C45 C46 Q18
RN5

C37

C18
C42 C47 U7 R119
U4 Q17
C41

C6
U14 R120
T1

RN11

C19
DS4
R96

+
R72

L4

U1
L3

XP6 JP2
U17 C17

R87
RV 8 R134 R135
U5

R77
C12 C16 C15
C63
+
DS15R89

R124
C52 ++ D8
F4 R92 C66 D4
+
D18 Q26 R127 D6
2A R91 R133 DS17
C48 C49 C57 R129 C2
D1 D7 R4 RV 5
R33

F3 K1 L2 R128
2A
R122 R3 C11
D2 R1 R2 RV 4

+
XT1 DS16
R38 C76
D12 D10 D11 J2 1 D14
XP4
Q13 R130 C51
U22 C771

C40 R67
R45 R44 RV 3
C65

R75 U12 U23

R131 R132 C59 U25

+
C64 R46 R43 C78
XP1

XP2
R100
C84
C83

R68
R66
U21
C61 R76

C32
R123

U26
X6 R136 U9 R73
R102
R69

D5 R74

+
C82
C80
R83 RV 1
R37 C62
F1 X7
F2 XP3
10A
10A
F6 F5 F11 F7
Q24 C39 1
6.3A 6.3A U24 R40 RV 2
R41
5A 5A F9 DS14 R42 R39 C67
F12 F8 F10 R114
R115
6.3A
6.3A 6.3A 6.3A R116
U15 Q14
DS10
R6
R8

R9

R59
R60

DS3 DS2
R57
R7

R16

R12

R13
R10
R11

R14 DS7 DS5 DS6

U18 Q16
12 12 DS11
R78

3 3 R94
X4 X5 U13 Q7
X1 DS9
R64

X2
R54
R53

X3 R51
1 1 U10 Q5
DS8
1

R35
1

U19 Q12
DS12
R48
R47
R113

R56

R62

R34

R97

R98
R50

R105
R112
R108
R117

R58

R65

R52

R36

R106
R110

C79 C70 C71

C69 C68 C72
C73 Q9
R109
R118

U20
R55

R49

R111
R70
R61

DS13
R107
R103

R104

Q25 Q15 Q23 Q8 Q6 Q10 Q11

Figure 9-39 Location of the shunt on the main board

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-73

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-74 Parts

One/Two-pump Melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts

(15L, 30L)
See Figure 9‐40.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 4/6H/G, 2D, 15&30L, 400V,
touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 2D, touch 1
1A 171856 S S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway, 50 x 50 x 570, Alta 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway, 25 x 50 x 300, Alta 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 17
5 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 17
6 ­­­­­­­­ Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 17
7 ­­­­­­­­ Rail, din, 300 lg, Alta 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 6
9 1078624 Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 x 10, zn 4
11 1031201 Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, M3 x 8, zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ Lockwshr, ext ,M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ Jumper 3/N/PE, AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ This item number is reserved
16 ­­­­­­­­ terminal block,end plate ZAP/TW3 1
17 256227 Circuit breaker, 2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 6
20 7400071 Circuit breaker,32A 1­pole 1
21 This item number is reserved
22 ­­­­­­­­ Terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 2
23 ­­­­­­­­ End stop, terminal block 6
24 777404 REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 777630 BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
26 7400010 Clip, relay 1
27 207396 Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V max. 15A 6
28 7400070 Solid state relay, 100­260VAC, 35A, DC TRIG 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
33 7403060 Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
34 7402290 Panel, back, outer, elect cab, 2D 1
35 7403476 Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
NOTE A: Please see Figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-75

Figure 9-40 One/two-pump melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts (15L, 30L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-76 Parts

One/Two­pump Melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Back Panel Parts

(50L)
See Figure 9‐41.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 4/6H/G, 2D, 50L, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 2D, touch 1
1A 171856 S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway, 50 x 50 x 570, Alta 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway, 25 x 50 x 300, Alta 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 17
5 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 17
6 ­­­­­­­­ Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 17
7 ­­­­­­­­ Rail, din, 300 lg, Alta 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 6
9 1078624 Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 x 10, zn 4
11 1031201 Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, M3 x 8, zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ Lockwshrm, ext, M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ Jumper 3/N/PE, AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ This item number is reserved
16 ­­­­­­­­ Terminal block, end plate ZAP/TW3 1
17 256227 Circuit breaker, 2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 6
20 7400071 Circuit breaker, 32A 1­pole 2
21 ­­­­­­­­ This item number is reserved
22 ­­­­­­­­ Terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 2
23 ­­­­­­­­ End stop, terminal block 6
24 777404 REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 777630 BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
26 7400010 Clip, relay 1
27 207396 Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V MAX. 15A 6
28 7400070 Solid state relay, 100­260VAC, 35A, DC TRIG 2
32 ­­­­­­­­ Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
33 7403060 Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
34 7402290 Panel, back, outer, elect cab, 2D 1
35 7403476 Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
NOTE A: Please see figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-77

Figure 9-41 One/two­pump melter 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) back panel parts (50L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-78 Parts

Three/Four­pump 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Back Panel Parts

(30,50L)
See Figure 9‐42.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 4/6H/G, 4D, 30&50L, 400V,
touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 4D, touch 1
1A 171856 S S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway 45 x 65 x 590 AltaBlue 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ Wireway 25 x 65 x 690 AltaBlue 4
4 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 24
5 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 24
6 ­­­­­­­­ Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 24
7 ­­­­­­­­ Rail, din 35 x 7.5 x 690 AltaBlue 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 8
9 1078624 Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 x 10, zn 4
11 1031201 Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ Scr, pan, rec, M3 x 8, zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ Lockwshrm, ext, M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ Jumper 3/N/PE, AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ This item number is reserved
16 ­­­­­­­­ Terminal block, end plate ZAP/TW3 2
17 256227 Circuit breaker, 2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 7
20 7400071 Circuit breaker, 32A 1­pole 2
21 ­­­­­­­­ This item number is reserved 1
22 ­­­­­­­­ Terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 1
23 777630 BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
24 777404 REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 7400010 Clip, relay 1
26 207396 Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V MAX. 15A 7
27 7400070 Solid state relay, 100­260VAC, 35A, DC TRIG 2
28 ­­­­­­­­ End stop, terminal block 7
35 ­­­­­­­­ Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
37 ­­­­­­­­ Panel, back outer elect cab 4D 1
38 ­­­­­­­­ Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
39 ­­­­­­­­ Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
NOTE A: Please see Figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-79

Figure 9-42 Three/four­pump 4/6 Hose/Applicator (400V) melter back panel parts (30,50L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-80 Parts

Three/Four‐Pump Eight Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Back Panel Parts

(30,50L)
See Figure 9‐43.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, back, 8H/G, 4D, 30&50L, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, back, inner, elect cab, 4D, touch 1
1A 171856 S S SHUNT.0.1 IN..2‐POSITION 1 A
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway 45 x 65 x 590 AltaBlue 2
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway 25 x 65 x 690 AltaBlue 4
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 24
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 24
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 24
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, DIN 35 X 7.5 X 690 AltaBlue 2
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
9 1078624 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, main, PCA 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, w/washer, M4 X 10, ZN 4
11 1031201 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, expansion PCA 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M3X8, zn ­ DIN 7985H 7
13 ­­­­­­­­ S Lockwshrm, ext, M3, stl, zn 7
14 ­­­­­­­­ S Jumper 3/N/PE, AC 400­230V 1
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block,end plate ZAP/TW3 2
17 256227 S Circuit breaker, 2A 1­pole 1
18 256141 S Circuit breaker 16A 3­pole FAZ­B16/3 1
19 7400072 S Circuit breaker, 13A 1­pole 1
20 7400071 S Circuit breaker, 32A 1­pole 1
21 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 6
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block ZDU 2,5/4AN 2
23 777630 S BASE, RELAY (OMRON) 1
24 777404 S REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ 1
25 7400010 S Clip, relay 1
26 207396 S Solid­state relay G3PE 100­260V MAX. 15A 11
27 7400070 S Solid state relay, 100­260VAC, 35A, DC TRIG 2
28 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop,terminal block 7
29 1122209 S Board, assy, 8 H/G exp. base,PB II 1
35 ­­­­­­­­ S Marker, terminal block, DEK 5/5+MC, touch 1
— 1026662 S Cable ASSY,Ribbon,34 POS,3 Headers 1 B
37 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, back outer elect cab 4D 1
38 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, ALTABLUE 4
39 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
NOTE A: Please see Figure 9‐39 for the location of this part on the main board.
B: This is the communication ribbon cable for the CPU board, main board, and expansion board.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-81

Figure 9-43 Three/four­pump 8 Hose/Applicator (400V) melter back panel parts (30, 50L)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-82 Parts

Two Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐44.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 2H/G, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel,right inside,elect cab,touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin,17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4X16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-83

Figure 9-44 Two Hose/Applicator(400V) melter right panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-84 Parts

Four Hose/Applicator(400V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐45.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 4H/G, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right inside, elect cab, touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer ,flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, DuraBlue, expand, tb, 20POS 1
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab 1
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S SCR,PAN,REC,M4X16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 3
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-85

Figure 9-45 Four Hose/Applicator(400V) melter right panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-86 Parts

Six Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐46.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 6H/G, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right inside,elect cab, touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
11 1031202 S Svce kit, DuraBlue, PCA pwr mod 4­ch 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x10, zn 4
13 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, ext, M4, stl, zn 4
15 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, DuraBlue, expand, tb, 20pos 1
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 x 45 gd 8.8 zp 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 3
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280 lg, AltaBlue 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-87

Figure 9-46 Six Hose/Applicator (400V) melter right panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-88 Parts

Eight Hose/Applicator (400V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐47.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 8H/G, 400V, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right inside, elect cab, touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, DuraBlue, expand, tb, 20pos 2
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 x 45 gd 8.8 zp 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab 1
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 4
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-89

Figure 9-47 Eight Hose/Applicator (400V) melter right panel parts

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-90 Parts

Two Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figures 9‐48 and 9‐49.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ PANEL ASSY,RH,2H/G,240V DELTA,TOUCH
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel,right inside,elect cab,touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel,right, outside, elect cab, touch
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin,17­32, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4X16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 2
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1
33 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 1
34 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-91

Figure 9-48 Two Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts for 2H/G, 15/30L and 2H/G, 50L

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-92 Parts

Two Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts (contd)

Figure 9-49 Two Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts for 2H/G, 100L

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-93

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-94 Parts

Four Hose/Applicator(240V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figures 9‐50 and 9‐51.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ PANEL ASSY,RH,4H/G,240V DELTA,TOUCH
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel,right inside,elect cab,touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 X 45 GD 8.8 ZP 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel,right, outside, elect cab, touch
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin,17­32, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4X16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 2
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1
33 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 1
34 ­­­­­­­­ S Ref dwg, panel assy, rh, 240v delta, touch 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-95

Figure 9-50 Four Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts for 4/6H/G, 15/30/50L

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-96 Parts

Four Hose/Applicator(240V) Melter Right Panel Parts (contd)

Figure 9-51 Four Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts 4/6H/G, 100L

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-97

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-98 Parts

Six Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figures 9‐52 and 9‐53.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 6H/G, 240V, delta, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right inside,elect cab, touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Pca, pwr mod, 4ch, 240v, ms/us/as 1
12 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x10, zn 4
13 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, ext, M4, stl, zn 4
15 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, DuraBlue, expand, tb, 20pos 1
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 x 45 gd 8.8 zp 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 3
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280 lg, AltaBlue 1
33 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, durable, expand, tb, 20pos 1
34 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-99

Figure 9-52 Six Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts for 4/6H/G, 15/30/50L

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-100 Parts

Six Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts (contd)

Figure 9-53 Six Hose/Applicator(240V) melter right panel parts 4/6H/G, 100L

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-101

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-102 Parts

Eight Hose/Applicator (240V) Melter Right Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐54.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel assy, RH, 8H/G, 240V delta, touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right inside, elect cab, touch 1
2 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x490 1
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Wireway, 25x50x290 3
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Stock, wireway, 25x50, pearl 0.19
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, reg, M3, zinc plate 15
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M3, stl, zn 15
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, acorn, M3, stl, zn 15
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, RH, 400V, AT 1
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal block, ground, AT 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M5 10
15 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
16 7401320 S Service kit, fan, 240VAC, 170 CFM 1
17 7401321 S Service kit, filter, fan, elect. cab 1
18 ­­­­­­­­ S Screw, shcs M4 x 45 gd 8.8 zp 2
19 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, cover, filter 1
20 ­­­­­­­­ S Hex nut, flanged, serrated, M6 4
21 ­­­­­­­­ S Spacer sleeve, AltaBlue 4
22 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, right, outside, elect cab 1
23 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved
24 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 1­16, cage clamp 1
25 ­­­­­­­­ S Insert, female, 16 pin, 17­132, cage clamp 1
26 ­­­­­­­­ S Connector housing, base, 32 pin, w/cover 1
27 ­­­­­­­­ S Scr, pan, rec, M4x16 4
28 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, flt, M, narrow, M4, stl, zn 4
29 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, lk, M, spt, M4, stl, zn 4
30 ­­­­­­­­ S End stop, terminal block 4
31 7403526 S 24VDC power supply, 150W 1
32 ­­­­­­­­ S Rail, din, 280lg, AltaBlue 1
33 ­­­­­­­­ S Board, breakout, durablue, expand, tb, 20pos 1
34 ­­­­­­­­ S This item number is reserved 1

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-103

Figure 9-54 Eight Hose/Applicator (240V) melter right panel parts for 8 H/G, 4D/100L

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-104 Parts

One/Two‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐55.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel Assembly, Bottom, 400V Y,2D, Touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Bottom, Electrical Cabinet,2D, Touch 1
7403716 S EMI filter,500VAC,100A,3P+PE (for 240V 1
melter)
2
7403616 S EMI filter,500VAC,60A,3P+N+PE (for 400V 1
melter)
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal Block, Ground, Touch 1
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Grommet Rubber ID32 5
5 ­­­­­­­­ S SCR, SKT, M8X20, ZN 4
6 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, 8, STL, ZN 4
7 ­­­­­­­­ S LockWasher, M8 4
8 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, Flanged, Serrated, M5 2
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Mount, Saddle Tie, DIA.6 1
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, HEX, M5, STL, ZN 1
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, M5, STL, ZN 1
­­­­­­­­ 1026662 S Cable ASSY, Ribbon, 34 POS, 3 Headers 1

Figure 9-55 One/two‐pump melter bottom panel assembly parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-105

Three/Four‐Pump Melter Bottom Panel Parts

See Figure 9‐56.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Panel Assembly, Bottom, 400V Y,4D, Touch
1 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Bottom, Electrical Cabinet, 4D/100L, 1
Touch
7403716 S EMI Filter,500VAC,100A,3P+PE (for 240V 1
melter)
2
7403616 S EMI filter,500VAC,60A,3P+N+PE for (400V 1
melter)
3 ­­­­­­­­ S Terminal Block, Ground, Touch 1
4 ­­­­­­­­ S Mount, Saddle Tie, DIA.6 2
5 ­­­­­­­­ S Grommet Rubber ID32 8
6 ­­­­­­­­ S SCR, SKT, M8X20, ZN 4
7 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, 8, STL, ZN 4
8 ­­­­­­­­ S LockWasher, M8 4
9 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, Flanged, Serrated, M5 2
10 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, HEX, M5, STL, ZN 2
11 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, M5, STL, ZN 2

Figure 9-56 Three/four‐pump and 100L melter bottom panel assembly parts (400V melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-106 Parts

Control Panel Assembly

See Figure 9‐57.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Control Assembly, ELEC, 1/2D, Touch
0001 ­­­­­­­­ S Panel, Assembly, Control, 2D, Touch 1
0002 1108174 S Tag, Display, ALTABLUE Touch 1
0003 7403311 S Service Kit, LCD MODULE 1
0004 7403315 S Service Kit,PCA Motor Control, Touch 1
0005 ­­­­­­­­ S THRDSPCRMM, Male/Female ss, hex, M3, 6
8MMLG
0006 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, LK, M, INT,M3, STL, ZN 6
0007 ­­­­­­­­ S Clamp, Ribbon Cable 1
0008 ­­­­­­­­ S SCR, PAN, REC, M3X8, ZN 2
0009 ­­­­­­­­ S Hexnut, Flanged, Serrated, M5 4
0010 ­­­­­­­­ S Harness, COMM, CPU­Motor Control, 6", Touch 1
0011 ­­­­­­­­ S Mount, Saddle Tie, DIA.6 4
0012 ­­­­­­­­ S Nut, HEX, M5, STL, ZN 4
0013 ­­­­­­­­ S Washer, FLT, M, REG, M5, STL, ZN 4

Figure 9-57 Control panel assembly parts (two­pump melter shown)

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-107

This page intentionally left blank.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-108 Parts

Sensor Assembly
See Figure 9‐58. The sensors on your melter may be one of two types:
120‐ohm nickel or 100‐ohm platinum.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

­­­­­­­­ ­­­­­­­­ Module, Sensor, NI, 2H/G, 400V,100L, Touch
0801 7403503 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,2H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403504 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,4H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403505 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,6H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403506 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,2H/G,100L, Touch 1
7403507 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,4H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
7403508 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,6H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
7403509 Hose Connect Assembly,NI,8H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
7403510 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,2H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403511 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,4H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403512 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,6H/G,2D, Touch 1
7403513 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,2H/G,100L, Touch 1
7403514 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,4H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
7403515 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,6H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
7403516 Hose Connect Assembly,PT,8H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
0802 7401367 RTD,Assembly,NI120, Grid, ALTABLUE 1
7400280 RTD Assembly, PT100, Grid, ALTABLUE 1
0803 7401368 RTD, Assembly, NI120, Reservoir, ALTABLUE 1
7400281 RTD Assembly, PT100, Reservoir, ALTABLUE 1
0804 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, FLT, M, REG, M6, STL, ZN 8
0805 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, LK, M, SPT, M6, STL, ZN 8
0806 ­­­­­­­­ Nut, HEX, M6, STL, ZN 8
0807 ­­­­­­­­ Panel Cover Manifold 4D 2
0808 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, FLT, M, REG, M3, Zinc Plate 8
0809 ­­­­­­­­ Washer, LK, M, SPT,M3, STL, ZN 8
0810 ­­­­­­­­ SCR, PAN, SLT,M3X6, ZN 8
0811 7403496 Harness,IN­L1/2,2­8 H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
0812 7403501 Harness,IN­H3/4,400V,4D/100L, Touch 1
0813 7403498 Harness,IN­L5/6,8 H/G,4D/100L, Touch 1
0814 7403499 Harness,IN­H7/8,8 H/G,400V,4D/100L, Touch 1
0815 171856 Shunt,.1IN,2POS 2

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-109

Figure 9-58 Sensor assembly parts (four‐pump 100‐ohm platinum melter shown)

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-110 Parts

Low Level Assembly

See Figure 9‐59.

Item Part Description Quantity Note

— 1079477 KIT, LOW LEVEL ASSY, 295M, ALTABLUE —
— 1079478 KIT, LOW LEVEL ASSY, 465MM, ALTABLUE —
— 1079476 KIT, LOW LEVEL ASSY, 249MM, ALTABLUE —
— 1079973 KIT, LOW LEVEL ASSY, 169MM, ALTABLUE —
1201 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Wire harness, low level 1
1202 ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Low level assembly, 169 mm 1
NS ‐‐‐‐‐‐‐ S Cable tie, 4 in., 302 degrees F 5
NS: Not Shown

1202
1201

ROUTE WIRE FROM SWITCH

ASSEMBLY BETWEEN THE GASCKET
HOPPER GASKET AND TOP COVER.

Figure 9-59 Low level assembly parts

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-111

Optional Accessories
To optimize the use of your system, Nordson Corporation recommends these
optional accessories.

Pneumatic Pressure Control Valve

Part Description Note
1036607 Kit, I/O expansion card (digital)
1063740 Kit, analog I/O board
1053288 Kit, DeviceNet card
1053289 Kit, Ethernet card
1053300 Kit, PROFIBUS card

Pressure Indication
Part Description Note
1030537 Kit, gauge, analog pressure, 1500 psi

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-112 Parts

Line‐Speed Signal Generator

To use the gear‐to‐line capability of the melter, you must install a device that
measures the speed of the production line. The default type of line‐speed
signal input is 0-10 VDC, although other inputs can be accepted. Nordson
Corporation offers the following 0-10 VDC generator.

Part Description Note

119560 Generator, 0-10 VDC, with bracket and cable

Optional Fittings
See Figure 9‐60. These fittings can be used at the melter end of a hose.

Fitting Fitting Size, Fitting Size,

Hose Size Fitting Type
PartNumber Melter Side HoseSide
7400333 Straight M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
8‐mm 7400337 45‐degree M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
7400335 90‐degree M16 x 1.5 9/ ‐18 JIC
16
7401279 Straight M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
12‐mm 7401278 45‐degree M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
7401277 90‐degree M16 x 1.5 3/ ‐16 JIC
4
7400334 Straight M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC
16‐mm (see Note) 7400338 45‐degree M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC
7400336 90‐degree M22 x 1.5 11/16 JIC

1 3
2
Figure 9-60 Typical non‐swivel fittings
1. Straight fitting 2. 45_ fitting 3. 90_ fitting

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-113

Recommended Spare Parts

Table 9-4 Recommended Spare Parts

P/N Description
All Melters
7402299 Coupling, M24, DAN/Normal (except for melters with pump SN1710)
7402293 Coupling, M24, DAN/SN1710 (melters with pump SN1710 only)
7400298 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 11.65 (one/two pump melter 30/50L hopper)
7400876 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 500W, 1/2 X6.38 (one/two pump melter 15L hoppers and
three/four pump melter 30L hoppers)
7400875 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 750W, 1/2 x11.85 (three/four pump melter 50L hoppers)
7401316 Service Kit Heater, 240V, 1000W, 1/2X22.75 (100L melter hoppers)
7400297 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 13.75 (all melter manifolds)
7400569 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 400W, 1/2 X 13.75 (one/two pump melter reservoirs)
7400874 Service Kit, Heater, 240V, 800W, 1/2 X 27.5 (three/four pump melter and 100L melter
reservoirs)
7401366 Thermoswitch Assembly, ALTABLUE
7403137 KIT,FLOW/PRESSURE CONTROL BOARD
7403138 KIT,FLOW/PRESSURE MONITOR BOARD
777404 REALY,DC24V,MY2NJ
7403716 EMI Filter,500VAC,100A,3P+PE (for 240V melter)
7403616 EMI filter,500VAC,60A,3P+N+PE (for 400V melter)
777630 BASE, RELAY (OMRON)
7401321 Service Kit, Filter, Fan, Electrical Cabinet
7401320 Service Kit, Fan, 220/240VAC, 170 CFM
7400318 Service Kit, Pressure Regulator, ARM10
7140101 Interference Filter 230VAC/2X6A B
1078624 Service Kit, DURABLUE, Main, PCA
1031201 Service Kit, DURABLUE, Expansion PCA
207396 Solid State Relay, 100-260VAC, 15A, DC Trigger
7400070 Solid State Relay, 100-260VAC, 35A, DC Trigger
207932 Safety valve, 85 bar, VB/DB
7400299 Service Kit, O-ring, Viton, 45 X 2
7400300 Service Kit, O-ring, Viton, 26 X 2
1058990 CordStock, 3 MM OD, Viton, 75D
7400134 Gasket, Hopper, 15L (one/two pump melters)
7400135 Gasket, Hopper, 30/50L, ALTA
7400326 Gasket, 50L, Hopper, 4D
7400327 Gasket, 30L, Hopper, 4D
7402295 Service Kit, Motor, BG06‐31/D06LA4TOF
7403311 Service kit, LCD module
Continued...

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-114 Parts

Recommended Spare Parts (contd)

P/N Description
All Melters
1107260 BATTERY,COIN CELL,3.0V,24MM,LITHIUM
7403314 Service kit, solenoid valve, 2/3, 1 unit
7403315 Service kit, motor control board
7403526 24VDC power supply, 150W
7407535 EXTRA FAN KIT,220/240VAC,170CFM
1026662 CABLE ASSY,RIBBON,34 POS,3 HEADERS
7403571 RIBBON CABLE,ASSEMBLY,20POS,46
7407570 KIT,CABLE,TRUFLOW,L-40FT W/6 PIN CONN
1026662 CABLE ASSY, RIBBON, 34 POS, 3 HEADERS
7403317 Kit, LCD cover
7403318 Service kit, pressure regulator, ARM10
7403274 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 15L, 2D
7403275 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, 2D
7403276 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, 2D
7403277 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, 4D
7403278 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, 4D
7403279 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 100L
7403280 Service kit, insulation, reservoir, 100L
7403281 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 15L, W/R, 2D
7403282 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, W/R, 2D
7403283 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, W/R, 2D
7403284 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 30L, W/R, 4D
7403285 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 50L, W/R, 4D
7403286 Service kit, insulation, hopper, 100L, W/R
7402919 Service kit, lid, AB2D15L/4D30L
7402920 Service kit, lid, AB2D30&50L/4D50L
7402921 Service kit, lid, AB100L
7402922 Service kit, hinge, lid, AltaBlue
7402923 Service kit, hinge, support, lid, AB100L
7403095 Kit, change normal pump to SN1710
7403096 Kit, change SN1710 to notmal pump
7403139 Kit, transducer, applicator, 4-20mA
7403140 Kit, transducer, applicator, 0-10 VDC
7403141 Kit, cable, 0-10V, 16 ft, pressure
7403142 Kit, cable, 0-10V, 24 ft, pressure
7403143 Kit, cable, 0-10V, 30 ft, pressure
7403146 Kit, Truflow, T-style, 12mm, Trueflow, melter

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-115

P/N Description
All Melters
7403147 Kit, Truflow, M-style, 12mm, Trueflow, melter
7403148 Kit, cable, Truflow, L-16 ft w/ 6 pin conn
7403149 Kit, cable, Truflow, L-24 ft w/ 6 pin conn
7403150 Kit, cable, Truflow, L-30 ft w/ 6 pin conn
7407535 Extra fan kit, 220/240VAC, 170CFM
7403151 Kit, RVS 1 melter, 24 ft, touch
7403152 Kit, RVS 1-5 melter, 50 ft, touch
7403153 Kit, RVS 1-5 melter, 100 ft, touch
7403154 Kit, cable, 4-20 mA, 16 ft, pressure
7403155 Kit, cable, 4-20 mA, 24 ft, pressure
7403156 Kit, cable, 4-20 mA, 30 ft, pressure

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-116 Parts

Table 9-5 Recommended Pump Spare Parts

P/N Description
Pumps
394589 Service Kit, PUMP O-ring, Single-Stream, PUMP SIZE SN0030-SN0773
394596 Service Kit, PUMP O-ring, Single-Stream, PUMP SIZE SN1710
7104645 Service Kit, PUMP O-ring, DUAL‐STREAM

Select Based on Specific Melter Configuration

One/Two‐Pump Melters, 240 VAC
7403435 MAIN CONTACTER DILM50C
318248 circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400320 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 2‐pole
7400321 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 2‐pole
7400322 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 2‐pole
7400323 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 2‐pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
One/Two‐Pump Melters, 400 and 480 VAC
7403435 MAIN CONTACTOR, DILM50C
318248 circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400071 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 1‐pole
7400072 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 1‐pole
251364 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 1‐pole, inductive load
256227 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 1-pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole inductive load
Continued...

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Parts 9-117

Recommended Spare Parts (contd)

Three/Four‐Pump and 100L Melters, 240 VAC
7403071 Main Contactor, DILM80C
7104855 Circuit breaker, 90 A, 3‐pole, UL489
7400320 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 2‐pole
7400321 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 2‐pole
7400322 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 2‐pole
7400323 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 2‐pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
Three/Four‐Pump and 100L Melters, 400 and 480 VAC
7403435 Main Contactor, DILM50C
318248 Circuit breaker, 63 A, 3‐pole
7400071 Circuit breaker, 32 A, 1‐pole
7400072 Circuit breaker, 13 A, 1‐pole
251364 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 1‐pole, inductive load
256227 Circuit breaker, 2 A, 1-pole
256141 Circuit breaker, 16 A, 3‐pole, inductive load
Pt100 Melters
7400281 RTD assembly, reservoir, PT100
7400280 RTD assembly, tank, PT100
Ni120 Melters
7401367 RTD assembly, reservoir, Ni120
7401368 RTD assembly, tank, Ni120

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

9-118 Parts

This page intentionally left blank.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Technical Data 10-1

Section 10
Technical Data

General Data
Storage temperature - 45° C to + 75 ° C
- 49 ° F to + 167 ° F
Type of heating Cartridge‐type resistance heating elements
Temperature sensor Ni120 and PT100 " 1 ° C
— Measuring precision
Material pressure 5 to 85 bar 0.5 to 8.5 MPa 72.5 to 1233 psi
Melting capacity 1 tank‐full per hour
Degree of protection IP 33
Noise emission <70 dB
Motor type 3 ph AC motor
Gear box type Helical gear
Motor/pump speeds 94 rpm
Heatup time <45 min

Temperatures
Min. ambient temperature - 5 °C 23 °F
Max. ambient temperature 40 ° C 104 °F
Humidity 10 to 95 %, not condensing
Min. operating temperature 40 ° C 100 °F
(setpoint)
Max. operating 230 ° C 450 °F
temperatures
Overtemperature shutdown 260 ° C 500 °F
by thermostat

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

10-2 Technical Data

Electrical Data
WARNING! The unit is designed for only one operating voltage. Operate
only at the operating voltage shown on the ID plate.

Available operating 230 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta)

voltages 400 VAC 3-phase with neutral (star — WYE)
400 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta)
480 VAC 3-phase without neutral (Delta)

Maximum melter One/two-pump melter Two hose/applicator 15L:8380W

power requirements 30L:9482W
50L:12420W
400 VAC Delta Four hose/applicator 15L:12053W
480 VAC Delta 30L:13155W
400 VAC Star WYE 50L:16094W
Six hose/applicator 15L:13890W
30L:14992W
50L:17931W
Two-pump melter Eight hose/applicator 30L:23166W
50L:25232W
Three/four-pump Four hose/applicator 30L:18684W
melter 50L:20750W
Six hose/applicator 30L:20521W
50L:22587W
Eight hose/applicator 30L:24194W
50L:26161W
100L Two hose/applicator 100L:21347W
Four hose/applicator 100L:25021W
Six hose/applicator 100L:26858W
Eight hose/applicator 100L:30531W

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Technical Data 10-3

Maximum melter One/two-pump melter Two hose/applicator 15L:9124W

power requirements 30L:10324W
50L:13524W
Four hose/applicator 15L:13124W
230 VAC Delta 30L:14324W
50L:17524W
Six hose/applicator 15L:15124W
30L:16324W
50L:19524W
Two-pump melter Eight hose/applicator 30L:25224W
50L:27474W
Three/four-pump Four hose/applicator 30L:20344W
melter 50L:22594W
Six hose/applicator 30L:22344W
50L:24594W
Eight hose/applicator 30L:26344W
50L:28594W
100L Two hose/applicator 100L:23244W
Four hose/applicator 100L:27244W
Six hose/applicator 100L:29244W
Eight hose/applicator 100L:33244W
Max. load per hose 1000 W, any single hose or applicator
receptacle (2 chan-
nels), two/four/six/
eight hose/applicator
melters
1200 W, any hose/applicator pair
2000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2
2000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 5 and 6
2000 W, any single hose, or applicator 3 or 4
2000 W, any single hose, or applicator 7 or 8
2000 W, hose/applicator pair 3 or 4
2000 W, hose/applicator pair 7 or 8
4000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 3 and 4
4000 W, sum of hose/applicator pairs 7 and 8
NOTE: Total external wattage must not exceed 12,000 W.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

10-4 Technical Data

Mechanical Data
One/Two and Three/Four Pump Melters
Item 15L 30L 50L 100L Note
Weight 200 kg (441 lb) One/two pump: One/two pump: 590 kg (1,301 lb)
225kg (496 lb) 250 kg (551 lb)
Three/four Three/four
pump: pump:
440 kg (970 lb) 472 kg (1,041 lb)
Tank opening 145 x 270 mm 270 x 270 mm 270 x 270 mm 270 x 635 mm
(length and width)
Approximate tank 15 L 30 L 50 L 100 L
volume
Number of pumps 1-2 1-2 1-2
(one/two‐pump single‐stream single‐stream single‐stream Not applicable
melter) 1-2 dual‐stream 1-2 dual‐stream 1-2 dual‐stream
Number of pumps Not applicable 2 single‐stream 2 single‐stream Not applicable A
(one/two‐pump 2 dual‐stream 2 dual‐stream
melter)
Number of pumps 3-4 3-4 Up to four
(three/four‐pump single‐stream or single‐stream or single-stream or
melter) dual-stream dual-stream dual-stream
pumps pumps pumps
Number of hose One single‐stream manifold: 7 connections
connections Two single‐stream manifolds: 3 connections per pump stream
Dual‐stream manifold: 2 connections per pump stream
NOTE A: Only for 2 pumps with 8 hose/applicator.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Technical Data 10-5

Electrical Schematics
Refer to the electrical schematics provided with the melter.

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

10-6 Technical Data

Hydraulic Schematic

TCS
ADHESIVE

HOPPER

GRID

PUMP PUMP
MOTOR MOTOR
CONTROL CONTROL
GEAR GEAR
MOTOR MOTOR

PRV PRV
DRAIN FILTER FILTER DRAIN
VALVE
ÉÉÉ ÉÉÉ VALVE

ÉÉÉ ÉÉÉ
CV CV

Figure 10-1 Hydraulic system schematic

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-1

Appendix A
Calculating Melter Power Requirements
(Including Heater Specifications)
Before locating the melter on the production floor or attaching hoses and
applicators to the melter, you must calculate the electrical power required by
the hoses and applicators and confirm that the required power does not
exceed maximum allowable wattages. Properly calculating melter power
requirements will prevent damage to the melter and identify the maximum
allowable distance between the melter and the point at which the hot melt is
dispensed.

The following three maximum wattages must be considered when calculating

melter power requirements.

S Single‐component maximum—The wattage of any single hose or

applicator
S Hose/applicator pair maximum—The combined wattage of any
hose and applicator (hose/applicator pair)
S Two hose/applicator pair maximum—The combined wattage of
hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2 or hose/applicators pairs 3 and 4
If your Nordson representative has already calculated the hose/applicator
power requirements and confirmed that the maximum allowable wattages will
not be exceeded, then no further calculation is necessary. However, you
should re‐evaluate the hose and applicator power requirements before you:

S add a new hose or applicator to the melter that was not factored into
the original wattage evaluation
S replace an existing hose with a longer hose or an existing applicator
with a larger applicator

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

A-2 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Table A-1 Maximum Allowable Hose/Applicator Wattages

(Eight Hose/Applicator Melters)
Component Maximum Wattage
Any single hose or applicator 1000W
Any hose/applicator pair 1200W
Sum of hose/applicator pairs 1 and 2 2000W
Sum of hose/applicator pairs 5 and 6 2000W
Any single hose, or applicator 3 or 4 2000W
Any single hose, or applicator 7 or 8
Hose/applicator pair 3 or 4 2000W
Hose/applicator pair 7 or 8
Sum of hose/applicator pairs 3 and 4 4000W
Sum of hose/applicator pairs 7 and 8
NOTE: Total external wattage must not exceed 12,000 W.

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-3

Table A-2 Power Calculations (400V WYE)

SIZE H/G PUMP MOTOR POWER STAMPING

15L 2 H/G 2D 2 motor 8380 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 22A

1 motor 7865 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 20A
30L 2 motor 9482 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 8967 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 24A
50L 2 motor 12420 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 11906 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 24A
100L 100L 4 motor 21347 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 35A
3 motor 21347 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 33A
2 motor 20319 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 31A
1 motor 19804 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 31A
15L 4 H/G 2D 2 motor 12053 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 22A
1 motor 11539 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 20A
30L 2 motor 13155 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 12641 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 24A
50L 2 motor 16094 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 15580 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
30L 4D 4 motor 18684 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 33A
3 motor 18170 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 31A
50L 4 motor 20750 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 38A
3 motor 20236 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 36A
100L 100L 4 motor 25021 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 43A
3 motor 25021 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 41A
2 motor 23992 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 39A
1 motor 23478 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 39A
15L 6 H/G 2D 2 motor 13890 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 26A
1 motor 13376 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 26A
30L 2 motor 14992 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 14478 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 26A
50L 2 motor 17931 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
1 motor 17417 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 27A
30L 4D 4 motor 20521 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 36A
3 motor 20006 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 36A
50L 4 motor 22587 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 38A
3 motor 22073 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 36A
100L 100L 4 motor 26858 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 45A
3 motor 26858 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 45A
2 motor 25829 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 45A
1 motor 25315 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 45A

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

A-4 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Table A-3 Power Calculations (400V WYE) contd.

SIZE H/G PUMP MOTOR POWER STAMPING

30L 8 H/G 2D 2 motor 23166 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 38A

50L 2 motor 25232 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 42A
30L 4D 4 motor 24194 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 38A
3 motor 23680 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 38A
50L 4 motor 26261 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 42A
3 motor 25747 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 42A
100L 100L 4 motor 30531 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 46A
3 motor 30531 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 46A
2 motor 29503 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 46A
1 motor 28988 3Ø N/PE AC 400/230 V 50/60 Hz 45A
15L 2 motor 9124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 29A
1 motor 8564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 27A
30L 2 motor 10324 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 34A
2D
1 motor 9764 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 32A
50L 2 Hose/ 2 motor 13524 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 41A
Applicator 1 motor 12964 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 39A
100L 4 motor 23244 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 58A
3 motor 22684 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 56A
100L
2 motor 22124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 54A
1 motor 21564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 54A
15L 2 motor 13124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 36A
1 motor 12564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 34A
30L 2D
2 motor 14324 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 40A
1 motor 13764 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 38A
50L 2 motor 17524 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 48A
1 motor 16964 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 46A
30L 4 Hose/ 4 motor 20344 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 55A
Applicator 3 motor 19784 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 53A
50L 4D
4 motor 22594 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 59A
3 motor 22034 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 57A
4 motor 27244 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 72A
100L 3 motor 26684 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 70A
100L
2 motor 26124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 68A
1 motor 25564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 68A

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation

 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications) A-5

15L 2 motor 15124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 43A

1 motor 14564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 41A
30L 2 motor 16324 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 47A
2D
1 motor 15764 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 45A
50L 2 motor 19524 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 48A
1 motor 18964 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 47A
30L 6 Hose/ 4 motor 22344 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 62A
Applicator 4D 3 motor 21784 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 60A
50L 4 motor 24594 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 66A
3 motor 24034 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 64A
4 motor 29244 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 80A
100L 3 motor 28684 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 78A
100L
2 motor 28124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 76A
1 motor 27564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 76A
30L 2D 2 motor 25224 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 66A
50L 2 motor 27474 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 70A
30L 4D 4 motor 26344 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 66A
8 Hose/ 2 motor 25784 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 66A
50L Applicator 4 motor 28594 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 72A
3 motor 28034 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 70A
100L 4 motor 33244 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 82A
3 motor 32684 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 82A
100L
2 motor 32124 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 82A
1 motor 31564 3Ø PE AC 240 V 50/60 Hz 80A

E 2018 Nordson Corporation Part 1120350_05

A-6 Calculating Melter Power Requirements (Including Heater Specifications)

Table A-4 Heater Specifications

2 Pump Platform P/N Description QTY. RESISTANCE/EACH
(OHMS)
MIN. MAX.
15L Hopper 7402319 HEATER, 240V 500W, 4 98 115
.50DIA X 6.38LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
30L Hopper 7402317 HEATER, 240V 800W, 4 61 72
.50DIA X 11.65LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
50L Hopper 7402317 HEATER, 240V 800W, 8 61 72
.50DIA X 11.65LG
Reservoir 7400481 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 123 144
400W, .50DIA X 13.75LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
4 Pump Platform
30L Hopper 7402319 HEATER, 240V 500W, 9 98 115
.50DIA X 6.38LG
Reservoir 7400480 HEATER CARTIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 27.5LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
50L Hopper 7402318 HEATER, 240V 750W, 9 65 77
.50DIA X 11.85LG
Reservoir 7400480 HEATER CARTIDGE, 240V 3 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 27.5LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG
100L Hopper 7400910 HEATER, 240V 1000W, 9 49.25 57.45
.50DIA X 22.75LG
Reservoir 7400480 HEATER CARTIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 27.5LG
Manifold 7400051 HEATER CARTRIDGE, 240V 6 61 72
800W, .50DIA X 13.75 LG

Part 1120350_05 E 2018 Nordson Corporation